US20220133460A1 - System for informational magnetic feedback in adjustable implants - Google Patents
System for informational magnetic feedback in adjustable implants Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20220133460A1 US20220133460A1 US17/574,219 US202217574219A US2022133460A1 US 20220133460 A1 US20220133460 A1 US 20220133460A1 US 202217574219 A US202217574219 A US 202217574219A US 2022133460 A1 US2022133460 A1 US 2022133460A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- medical implant
- magnet
- external
- distraction
- force
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 96
- 230000005355 Hall effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 67
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 11
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 claims description 16
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 claims description 16
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 16
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000004043 responsiveness Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 abstract description 19
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 67
- 206010039722 scoliosis Diseases 0.000 description 20
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 19
- 210000002303 tibia Anatomy 0.000 description 15
- 239000011436 cob Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 11
- 210000000689 upper leg Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 10
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 208000000114 Pain Threshold Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 208000022567 adolescent idiopathic scoliosis Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 230000036407 pain Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000037040 pain threshold Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 8
- 210000003414 extremity Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000000629 knee joint Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 208000032170 Congenital Abnormalities Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000002758 humerus Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000004872 soft tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 4
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 210000003127 knee Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000011164 ossification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000005070 sphincter Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000035882 stress Effects 0.000 description 4
- 208000003947 Knee Osteoarthritis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000007596 consolidation process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000035876 healing Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 3
- 201000008482 osteoarthritis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000032544 Cicatrix Diseases 0.000 description 2
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000008589 Obesity Diseases 0.000 description 2
- QJVKUMXDEUEQLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N [B].[Fe].[Nd] Chemical compound [B].[Fe].[Nd] QJVKUMXDEUEQLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000001264 anterior cruciate ligament Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000001054 cortical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000994 depressogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000013536 elastomeric material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000003811 finger Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001503 joint Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000013150 knee replacement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001172 neodymium magnet Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000020824 obesity Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052761 rare earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000002910 rare earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000241 scar Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000037387 scars Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000115 thoracic cavity Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003813 thumb Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003906 tibiofibular joint Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000010392 Bone Fractures Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010005949 Bone cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000018084 Bone neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010007710 Cartilage injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010008723 Chondrodystrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010010356 Congenital anomaly Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010051055 Deep vein thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061619 Deformity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010013883 Dwarfism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000034347 Faecal incontinence Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910001200 Ferrotitanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000018522 Gastrointestinal disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010020649 Hyperkeratosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010023230 Joint stiffness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010023509 Kyphosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007623 Lordosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010027543 Micrognathia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000002598 Micrognathism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010428 Muscle Weakness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010028372 Muscular weakness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010033307 Overweight Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002614 Polyether block amide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000004550 Postoperative Pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020221 Short stature Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010058907 Spinal deformity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007103 Spondylolisthesis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000002847 Surgical Wound Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010042674 Swelling Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010046543 Urinary incontinence Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010047249 Venous thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003489 abdominal muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000008919 achondroplasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003698 anagen phase Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004873 anchoring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000703 anti-shock Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004596 appetite loss Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003190 augmentative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003287 bathing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008468 bone growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000845 cartilage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013065 commercial product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003238 esophagus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003195 fascia Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002082 fibula Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000021302 gastroesophageal reflux disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009554 growth spurt Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003692 ilium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003601 intercostal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000002357 laparoscopic surgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004749 ligamentum flavum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000021266 loss of appetite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000019017 loss of appetite Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003141 lower extremity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002324 minimally invasive surgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000015122 neurodegenerative disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000008968 osteosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RVTZCBVAJQQJTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxygen(2-);zirconium(4+) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[Zr+4] RVTZCBVAJQQJTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004285 patellofemoral joint Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010363 phase shift Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000554 physical therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001147 pulmonary artery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008672 reprogramming Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000630 rising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000513 rotator cuff Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000000323 shoulder joint Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000813 small intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002435 tendon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008467 tissue growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013024 troubleshooting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001635 urinary tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001835 viscera Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/0004—Closure means for urethra or rectum, i.e. anti-incontinence devices or support slings against pelvic prolapse
- A61F2/0031—Closure means for urethra or rectum, i.e. anti-incontinence devices or support slings against pelvic prolapse for constricting the lumen; Support slings for the urethra
- A61F2/0036—Closure means for urethra or rectum, i.e. anti-incontinence devices or support slings against pelvic prolapse for constricting the lumen; Support slings for the urethra implantable
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/12—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for ligaturing or otherwise compressing tubular parts of the body, e.g. blood vessels, umbilical cord
- A61B17/12009—Implements for ligaturing other than by clamps or clips, e.g. using a loop with a slip knot
- A61B17/12013—Implements for ligaturing other than by clamps or clips, e.g. using a loop with a slip knot for use in minimally invasive surgery, e.g. endoscopic surgery
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/56—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
- A61B17/58—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
- A61B17/68—Internal fixation devices, including fasteners and spinal fixators, even if a part thereof projects from the skin
- A61B17/70—Spinal positioners or stabilisers ; Bone stabilisers comprising fluid filler in an implant
- A61B17/7001—Screws or hooks combined with longitudinal elements which do not contact vertebrae
- A61B17/7002—Longitudinal elements, e.g. rods
- A61B17/7014—Longitudinal elements, e.g. rods with means for adjusting the distance between two screws or hooks
- A61B17/7016—Longitudinal elements, e.g. rods with means for adjusting the distance between two screws or hooks electric or electromagnetic means
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/56—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
- A61B17/58—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
- A61B17/68—Internal fixation devices, including fasteners and spinal fixators, even if a part thereof projects from the skin
- A61B17/72—Intramedullary pins, nails or other devices
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/56—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
- A61B17/58—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
- A61B17/68—Internal fixation devices, including fasteners and spinal fixators, even if a part thereof projects from the skin
- A61B17/72—Intramedullary pins, nails or other devices
- A61B17/7216—Intramedullary pins, nails or other devices for bone lengthening or compression
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/56—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
- A61B17/58—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
- A61B17/68—Internal fixation devices, including fasteners and spinal fixators, even if a part thereof projects from the skin
- A61B17/80—Cortical plates, i.e. bone plates; Instruments for holding or positioning cortical plates, or for compressing bones attached to cortical plates
- A61B17/8004—Cortical plates, i.e. bone plates; Instruments for holding or positioning cortical plates, or for compressing bones attached to cortical plates with means for distracting or compressing the bone or bones
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/56—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
- A61B17/58—Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
- A61B17/68—Internal fixation devices, including fasteners and spinal fixators, even if a part thereof projects from the skin
- A61B17/80—Cortical plates, i.e. bone plates; Instruments for holding or positioning cortical plates, or for compressing bones attached to cortical plates
- A61B17/8095—Wedge osteotomy devices
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F5/00—Orthopaedic methods or devices for non-surgical treatment of bones or joints; Nursing devices; Anti-rape devices
- A61F5/01—Orthopaedic devices, e.g. splints, casts or braces
- A61F5/02—Orthopaedic corsets
- A61F5/028—Braces for providing support to the lower back, e.g. lumbo sacral supports
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G05—CONTROLLING; REGULATING
- G05B—CONTROL OR REGULATING SYSTEMS IN GENERAL; FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS OF SUCH SYSTEMS; MONITORING OR TESTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR SUCH SYSTEMS OR ELEMENTS
- G05B15/00—Systems controlled by a computer
- G05B15/02—Systems controlled by a computer electric
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00017—Electrical control of surgical instruments
- A61B2017/00022—Sensing or detecting at the treatment site
- A61B2017/00039—Electric or electromagnetic phenomena other than conductivity, e.g. capacity, inductivity, Hall effect
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00017—Electrical control of surgical instruments
- A61B2017/00022—Sensing or detecting at the treatment site
- A61B2017/00075—Motion
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00017—Electrical control of surgical instruments
- A61B2017/00115—Electrical control of surgical instruments with audible or visual output
- A61B2017/00119—Electrical control of surgical instruments with audible or visual output alarm; indicating an abnormal situation
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00017—Electrical control of surgical instruments
- A61B2017/00212—Electrical control of surgical instruments using remote controls
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00367—Details of actuation of instruments, e.g. relations between pushing buttons, or the like, and activation of the tool, working tip, or the like
- A61B2017/00411—Details of actuation of instruments, e.g. relations between pushing buttons, or the like, and activation of the tool, working tip, or the like actuated by application of energy from an energy source outside the body
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/0042—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets with special provisions for gripping
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/0042—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets with special provisions for gripping
- A61B2017/00455—Orientation indicators, e.g. recess on the handle
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00477—Coupling
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00681—Aspects not otherwise provided for
- A61B2017/00734—Aspects not otherwise provided for battery operated
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00743—Type of operation; Specification of treatment sites
- A61B2017/00818—Treatment of the gastro-intestinal system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/04—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
- A61B17/0401—Suture anchors, buttons or pledgets, i.e. means for attaching sutures to bone, cartilage or soft tissue; Instruments for applying or removing suture anchors
- A61B2017/044—Suture anchors, buttons or pledgets, i.e. means for attaching sutures to bone, cartilage or soft tissue; Instruments for applying or removing suture anchors with a threaded shaft, e.g. screws
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/04—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
- A61B17/0401—Suture anchors, buttons or pledgets, i.e. means for attaching sutures to bone, cartilage or soft tissue; Instruments for applying or removing suture anchors
- A61B2017/0446—Means for attaching and blocking the suture in the suture anchor
- A61B2017/0448—Additional elements on or within the anchor
- A61B2017/0453—Additional elements on or within the anchor threaded elements, e.g. set screws
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/04—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
- A61B2017/0496—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials for tensioning sutures
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B90/00—Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges
- A61B90/06—Measuring instruments not otherwise provided for
- A61B2090/061—Measuring instruments not otherwise provided for for measuring dimensions, e.g. length
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B90/00—Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges
- A61B90/08—Accessories or related features not otherwise provided for
- A61B2090/0807—Indication means
- A61B2090/0811—Indication means for the position of a particular part of an instrument with respect to the rest of the instrument, e.g. position of the anvil of a stapling instrument
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2250/00—Special features of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof
- A61F2250/0001—Means for transferring electromagnetic energy to implants
- A61F2250/0002—Means for transferring electromagnetic energy to implants for data transfer
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2250/00—Special features of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof
- A61F2250/0004—Special features of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof adjustable
- A61F2250/001—Special features of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof adjustable for adjusting a diameter
Definitions
- Scoliosis is a general term for the sideways (lateral) curving of the spine, usually in the thoracic or thoracolumbar region. Scoliosis is commonly broken up into different treatment groups, Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis, Early Onset Scoliosis and Adult Scoliosis.
- Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis typically affects children between ages 10 and 16, and becomes most severe during growth spurts that occur as the body is developing. One to two percent of children between ages 10 and 16 have some amount of scoliosis. Of every 1000 children, two to five develop curves that are serious enough to require treatment.
- the degree of scoliosis is typically described by the Cobb angle, which is determined, usually from x-ray images, by taking the most tilted vertebrae above and below the apex of the curved portion and measuring the angle between intersecting lines drawn perpendicular to the top of the top vertebra and the bottom of the bottom vertebra.
- the term idiopathic refers to the fact that the exact cause of this curvature is unknown.
- scoliosis occurs during rapid growth phases when the ligamentum flavum of the spine is too tight and hinders symmetric growth of the spine. For example, as the anterior portion of the spine elongates faster than the posterior portion, the thoracic spine begins to straighten, until it curves laterally, often with an accompanying rotation. In more severe cases, this rotation actually creates a noticeable deformity, in which one shoulder is lower than the other.
- many school districts perform external visual assessment of spines, for example in all fifth grade students. For those students in whom an “S” shape or “C” shape is identified, instead of an “I” shape, a recommendation is given to have the spine examined by a physician, and commonly followed-up with periodic spinal x-rays.
- the fusion surgery may be performed anteriorly. Lateral and anterior incisions are made for access. Usually, one of the lungs is deflated in order to allow access to the spine. In a less-invasive version of the anterior procedure, instead of a single long incision, approximately five incisions, each about three to four cm long, are made in the intercostal spaces (between the ribs) on one side of the patient. In one version of this minimally invasive surgery, tethers and bone screws are placed and secured to the vertebra on the anterior convex portion of the curve. Clinical trials are being performed that use staples in place of the tether/screw combination.
- the patient will wear a protective brace for a few months as the fusing process occurs.
- the patient Once the patient reaches spinal maturity, it is difficult to remove the rods and associated hardware in a subsequent surgery as the fusion of the vertebra usually incorporates the rods themselves. Standard practice is to leave the implants in for life.
- the patient's spine is straight, but depending on how many vertebrae were fused, there are often limitations in the degree of spinal flexibility, both in bending and twisting.
- the fused section can impart large stresses on the adjacent non-fused vertebra, and often other problems, including pain, can occur in these areas, sometimes necessitating further surgery. This tends to be in the lumbar portion of the spine that is prone to problems in aging patients.
- Many physicians are now interested in fusionless surgery for scoliosis, which may be able to eliminate some of the drawbacks of fusion.
- EOS Early Onset Scoliosis
- VEPTR Very Expandable Prosthetic Titanium Rib
- braces Patient compliance with braces has been so problematic that special braces have been designed to sense the body of the patient, and monitor the amount of time per day that the brace is worn. Even so, patients have been known to place objects into unworn braces of this type in order to fool the sensor. In addition with inconsistent patient compliance, many physicians believe that, even when used properly, braces are not effective in curing scoliosis. These physicians may agree that bracing can possibly slow, or even temporarily stop, curve (Cobb angle) progression, but they have noted that the scoliosis progresses rapidly, to a Cobb angle more severe than it was at the beginning of treatment, as soon as the treatment period ends and the brace is no longer worn.
- curve Cobb angle
- braces Some believe braces to be ineffective because they work only on a portion of the torso, rather than on the entire spine.
- a prospective, randomized 500 patient clinical trial known as BrAIST (Bracing in Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis Trial) is currently enrolling patients. 50% of the patients will be treated using a brace and 50% will simply be monitored. The Cobb angle data will be measured continually up until skeletal maturity, or until a Cobb angle of 50° is reached. Patients who reach a Cobb angle of 50° will likely undergo corrective surgery. Many physicians believe that the BrAIST trial will establish that braces are ineffective. If this is the case, uncertainty regarding how to treat AIS patients having a Cobb angle between 20° and 40° will only become more pronounced. It should be noted that the “20° to 40°” patient population is as much as ten times larger than the “40° and greater” patient population.
- Distraction osteogenesis also known as distraction callotasis and osteodistraction has been used successfully to lengthen long bones of the body.
- the bone if not already fractured, is purposely fractured by means of a corticotomy, and the two segments of bone are gradually distracted apart, thereby allowing new bone to form in the gap. If the distraction rate is too high, there is a risk of nonunion, if the rate is too low, there is a risk that the two segments will completely fuse to each other before the distraction is complete. When the desired length of the bone is achieved using this process, the bone is allowed to consolidate.
- Distraction osteogenesis applications are mainly focused on the growth of the femur or tibia, but may also osteogenesis is mainly applied to growth of the femur or tibia, but may also include the humerus, the jaw bone (micrognathia), or other bones.
- Reasons for lengthening or growing bones are multifold and include, but are not limited to: post osteosarcoma bone cancer; cosmetic lengthening (both legs-femur and/or tibia) in short stature or dwarfism/achondroplasia; lengthening of one limb to match the other (congenital, post-trauma, post-skeletal disorder, prosthetic knee joint); and nonunions.
- intramedullary distraction nails have been surgically implanted which are contained entirely within the bone. Some are automatically lengthened via repeated rotation of the patient's limb, which can sometimes be painful to the patient and can often proceed in an uncontrolled fashion. This therefore makes it difficult to follow a strict daily or weekly lengthening regime that avoids nonunion (if too fast) or early consolidation (if too slow). Lower limb distraction may be about one mm per day.
- Other intramedullary nails have been developed which have an implanted motor that is remotely controlled by an antenna. These devices are designed to be lengthened in a controlled manner, but due to their complexity may not be manufacturable as an affordable commercial product.
- Knee osteoarthritis is a degenerative disease of the knee joint that affects a large number of patients, particularly over the age of 40.
- the prevalence of this disease has increased significantly over the last several decades, attributed partially, but not completely, to the rising age of the population and the increase in obesity. The increase may also be due partially to an increasing number of highly active people within the population.
- Knee osteoarthritis is caused mainly by long term stresses on the knee that degrade the cartilage covering the articulating surfaces of the bones in the knee joint. Oftentimes, the problem becomes worse after a particular trauma event, but it can also be a hereditary process. Symptoms may include pain, stiffness, reduced range of motion, swelling, deformity, muscle weakness, and several others.
- Osteoarthritis may include one or more of the three compartments of the knee: the medial compartment of the tibiofemoral joint, the lateral compartment of the tibiofemoral joint, and the patellofemoral joint.
- partial or total replacement of the knee is performed in order to replace the degraded/diseased portions with new weight bearing surfaces for the knee.
- These implants are typically made from implant grade plastics, metals, or ceramics. Replacement operations may involve significant post-operative pain and require substantial physical therapy. The recovery period may last weeks or months. Several potential complications of this surgery exist, including deep venous thrombosis, loss of motion, infection and bone fracture. After recovery, surgical patients who have received uni-compartmental or total knee replacement must significantly reduce their activity, removing running and high energy sports completely from their lifestyle.
- osteotomy surgeries may be performed on the femur or tibia to change the angle between the femur and tibia, thereby adjusting the stresses on the different portions of the knee joint.
- closed wedge and closing wedge osteotomy an angled wedge of bone is removed and the remaining surfaces are fused together to create a new, improved bone angle.
- open wedge osteotomy a cut is made in the bone and the edges of the cut are opened, creating a new angle.
- Bone graft is often used to fill in the new opened wedge-shaped space, and, often, a plate is attached to the bone with bone screws. Obtaining the correct angle during either of these types of osteotomy is almost always difficult, and even if the result is close to what was desired, there can be a subsequent loss of the correction angle. Other complications experienced with this technique may include nonunion and material failure.
- implantable non-invasively adjustable non-distraction devices have also been envisioned, for example, adjustable restriction devices for gastrointestinal disorders such as GERD, obesity, or sphincter laxity (such as in fecal incontinence), or other disorders such as sphincter laxity in urinary incontinence. These devices too may incorporate magnets to enable the non-invasive adjustment.
- a remote control for adjusting a medical implant includes a driver, at least one sensor, and an output.
- the driver is configured to transmit a wireless drive signal to adjust an implanted medical implant.
- Adjustment of the medical implant includes one or more of generating a force with the medical implant and changing a dimension of the medical implant.
- the at least one sensor is configured to sense a response of the implant to the drive signal.
- the output is configured to report one or more of a force generated by the medical implant and a change in dimension of the medical implant, in response to the drive signal.
- the output is a visual output (e.g., a display), an audio output (e.g., a speaker, alarm), a USB output, a Bluetooth output, a solid state memory output (e.g., any removable or readable solid state memory), etc,
- a medical implant for wireless adjustment of a dimension within a body includes a first portion that is configured for coupling to a first location in the body, a second portion that is configured for coupling to a second location in the body, and a magnetic drive that is configured to adjust a relative distance between the first portion and the second portion.
- the magnetic drive includes at least one driven magnet and is configured to revolve about an axis in response to a magnetic field imposed by a rotatable driver magnet outside of the body.
- the implant is configured to transmit a signal indicative of the responsiveness of the driven magnet to movement of the driver magnet, wherein a change in the responsiveness is indicative of a change in a force applied by the body to the first and second connectors.
- FIG. 1 illustrates one embodiment of an external adjustment device.
- FIG. 2 illustrates a detailed view of the display and control panel of the external adjustment device of FIG. 1 .
- FIG. 3 illustrates the lower or underside surfaces of the external adjustment device of FIG. 1 .
- FIG. 4 illustrates a sectional view of the external adjustment device of FIG. 3 taken along line 4 - 4 of FIG. 3 .
- FIG. 5 illustrates a sectional view of the external adjustment device of FIG. 3 taken along line 5 - 5 of FIG. 3 .
- FIG. 6 illustrates an orientation of magnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device in relation to a magnet of a distraction device.
- FIG. 7 illustrates various sensors on a circuit board of one embodiment of the external adjustment device.
- FIG. 8 illustrates various Hall effect sensors on a circuit board of one embodiment of the external adjustment device.
- FIG. 9A illustrates a particular configuration of Hall effect sensors relating to the magnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device.
- FIG. 9B illustrates output voltage of the Hall effect sensors of FIG. 9A .
- FIG. 9C illustrates the Hall effect sensors of FIG. 9A , with the magnets in a nonsynchronous condition.
- FIG. 9D illustrates the output voltage of the Hall effect sensors of FIG. 9C .
- FIG. 10A illustrates a configuration of Hall effect sensors relating to the magnets of one embodiment.
- FIG. 10B illustrates the output voltage of the Hall effect sensors of FIG. 10A .
- FIG. 11 illustrates a magnetic flux density plot of external magnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device and the internal permanent magnet.
- FIG. 12A illustrates a section view of external magnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device and the internal permanent magnet during positioning of the external adjustment device.
- FIG. 12B illustrates a side view of external magnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device and the internal permanent magnet during positioning of the external adjustment device.
- FIG. 12C illustrates a top view of external magnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device and the internal permanent magnet during positioning of the external adjustment device.
- FIG. 13A illustrates a zero torque condition between external magnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device and the internal permanent magnet.
- FIG. 13B illustrates magnetic coupling between external magnets of one embodiment an external adjustment device and the internal permanent magnet.
- FIG. 13C illustrates continued rotation with increasing coupling torque between external magnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device and the internal permanent magnet.
- FIG. 13D illustrates slippage between external magnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device and the internal permanent magnet.
- FIG. 14 is an internal view of one embodiment of an external adjustment device having an array of magnetic sensors.
- FIG. 15 is a circuit board containing magnetic sensors.
- FIG. 16 is a front view of one embodiment of an external adjustment device having an array of magnetic sensors.
- FIG. 17 is a front view of an arrangement of magnetic sensors in relation to external magnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device and an internal permanent magnet.
- FIG. 18 is a sectional view of the arrangement of magnetic sensors of FIG. 17 taken along line 18 .
- FIG. 19 is a diagram of one embodiment of an external adjustment device of a system for adjusting an adjustable implant
- FIG. 20 is a diagram of the logic sequence for one embodiment of an external adjustment device of a system for adjusting an adjustable implant.
- FIG. 21 is a user interface for one embodiment of an external adjustment device of a system for adjusting an adjustable implant.
- FIG. 22 is a graph of voltage over a series of gap distances.
- FIG. 23 is a graph of maximum possible distraction force over a series of gap distances.
- FIG. 24 is a graph of actual force for several voltage differentials.
- FIG. 25 is a graph of differential voltages of pairs of magnetic sensors.
- FIG. 26 illustrates an embodiment of an adjustable implant for adjusting length of or force on a spine.
- FIG. 27 is an embodiment of an adjustable implant for adjusting the distance or force between sections of bone.
- FIG. 28 is an embodiment of an adjustable implant for adjusting a rotational angle or torque between sections of bone.
- FIG. 29 is an embodiment of an adjustable implant for adjusting an angle or force between sections of bone.
- FIG. 30 is an embodiment of an adjustable implant for adjusting an angle or force between sections of bone.
- FIG. 31 is an embodiment of an adjustable implant for adjusting a location or force (tension) on body tissue.
- FIG. 32 is an embodiment of an adjustable implant for adjusting restriction on a duct of the body.
- FIG. 33 is a front view of an arrangement of magnetic sensors in relation to one or more external electromagnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device and an internal permanent magnet.
- FIG. 34 is a partial sectional view of an array of magnetic sensors in relation to external magnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device and an internal permanent magnet.
- FIGS. 1-3 illustrate an external adjustment device 700 that is configured for adjusting an adjustable implant, such as a force-applying device, more specifically represented by (though not limited to) a distraction device 1000 .
- the distraction device 1000 may include any number of distraction, or generally, adjustable force-applying devices such as those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,862,502, 7,955,357, 8,197,490, 8,449,543, and 8,852,187, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety, and/or U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/121,355 (US Pat. Pub. US20090112262 A1), Ser. No. 12/411,107 (US Pat. Pub. US20090248148 A1), Ser. No.
- the distraction device 1000 generally includes a rotationally mounted, internal permanent magnet 1010 that rotates in response to a magnetic field applied by the external adjustment device 700 . Rotation of the magnet 1010 in one direction causes distraction of the device 1000 while rotation of the magnet 1010 in the opposite direction causes retraction of the device 1000 . Retraction of the device 1000 may generate compressive force while distraction of the device 1000 may generate tensile forces.
- the external adjustment device 700 may be powered by a rechargeable battery or by a power cord 711 .
- the external adjustment device 700 includes a first handle 702 and a second handle 704 .
- the second handle 704 is in a looped shape, and can be used to carry the external adjustment device 700 and/or steady the external adjustment device 700 during use.
- the first handle 702 extends linearly from a first end of the external adjustment device 700 while the second handle 704 is located at a second end of the external adjustment device 700 and extends substantially off axis or is angled with respect to the first handle 702 .
- the second handle 704 may be oriented substantially perpendicular relative to the first handle 702 , although other arrangements are possible.
- the first handle 702 contains a motor 705 that drives a first external magnet 706 and a second external magnet 708 , best seen in FIG. 3 , via gearing, belts or the like.
- an optional orientation image 804 comprising a body outline 806 and an optional orientation arrow 808 that shows the correct direction to place the external adjustment device 700 on the patient's body, so that the distraction device is operated in the correct direction.
- the operator presses with his thumb the distraction button 722 , which has a distraction symbol 717 and is a first color (e.g., green). This distracts the distraction device 1000 . If the distraction device 1000 is over-distracted and it is desired to retract, or to lessen the distraction of the device 1000 , the operator presses with his thumb the retraction button 724 which has a retraction symbol 719 .
- Distraction turns the magnets 706 , 708 in one direction while retraction turns the magnets 706 , 708 in the opposite direction.
- Magnets 706 , 708 have stripes 809 that can be seen in window 811 . This allows easy identification of whether the magnets 706 , 708 are stationary or turning, and in which direction they are turning, as well as quick trouble shooting by the operator of the device. The operator can determine the point on the patient where the magnet of the distraction device 1000 is implanted, and then place the external adjustment device 700 in a correct location with respect to the distraction device 1000 by marking the corresponding portion of the skin of the patient, and then viewing this spot through an alignment window 716 of the external adjustment device 700 .
- FIG. 2 illustrates a control panel 812 that includes several buttons 814 , 816 , 818 , 820 and a display 715 .
- the buttons 814 , 816 , 818 , 820 are soft keys, and able to be programmed for an array of different functions.
- the buttons 814 , 816 , 818 , 820 have corresponding legends which appear in the display.
- the target distraction length 830 is adjusted using an increase button 814 and/or a decrease button 816 .
- the legend with a green plus sign graphic 822 corresponds to the increase button 814 and the legend with a red negative sign graphic 824 corresponds to the decrease button 816 .
- the operator holds down the distraction button 722 , and the External Distraction Device 700 turns magnets 706 , 708 until the target distraction length 830 is achieved (at which point the external adjustment device 700 stops).
- the actual distraction length 832 is displayed, starting at 0.0 mm and increasing/decreasing until the target distraction length 830 is achieved.
- a distraction progress graphic 834 is displayed. For example a light colored box 833 that fills with a dark color from the left to the right.
- the target distraction length 830 is 3.5 mm, 2.1 mm of distraction has occurred, and 60% of the box 833 of the distraction progress graphic 834 is displayed.
- a reset button 818 corresponding to a reset graphic 826 can be pressed to reset one or both of the numbers back to zero.
- An additional button 820 can be assigned for other functions (e.g., help, data, etc.). This button can have its own corresponding graphic 828 (shown in FIG. 2 as “?”).
- a touch screen can be used, for example capacitive or resistive touch keys.
- the graphics/legends 822 , 824 , 826 , 828 may also be touch keys, replacing or augmenting the buttons 814 , 816 , 818 , 820 .
- touch keys at 822 , 824 , 826 , 828 perform the functions of buttons 814 , 816 , 818 , 820 respectively, and the buttons 814 , 816 , 818 , 820 are eliminated.
- outputs other than a display may be used, including, for example, an audio output, a USB output, a Bluetooth output, or any other data output that can effectively report data resulting from use of the external adjustment device 700 to a user.
- Handles 702 , 704 can be held in several ways.
- the first handle 702 can be held with palm facing up while trying to find the location on the patient of the implanted magnet of the distraction device 1000 .
- the fingers are wrapped around the handle 702 and the fingertips or mid-points of the four fingers press up slightly on the handle 702 , balancing it somewhat. This allows a very sensitive feel that allows the magnetic field between the magnet in the distraction device 1000 and the magnets 706 , 708 of the external adjustment device 700 to be more apparent.
- the first handle 702 may be held with the palm facing down, allowing the operator to push the device 700 down firmly onto the patient, to minimize the distance between the magnets 706 , 708 of the external adjustment device 700 and the magnet 1010 of the distraction device 1000 , and thus maximizing the torque coupling. This is especially appropriate if the patient is large or overweight.
- the second handle 704 may be held with the palm up or the palm down during the magnet sensing operation and the distraction operation, depending on the preference of the operator.
- FIG. 3 illustrates the underside, or lower surface, of the external adjustment device 700 .
- the contact surface 836 may be made of material of a soft durometer, such as an elastomeric material, for example PEBAX® (Arkema, Inc., Torrance, Calif., USA) or Polyurethane. This allows for anti-shock to protect the device 700 if it is dropped. Also, if placing the device on patient's bare skin, materials of this nature do not pull heat away from patient as quickly as some other materials; hence, they “don't feel as cold” as hard plastic or metal.
- the handles 702 , 704 may also have similar material covering them, in order to serve as non-slip grips.
- FIG. 3 also illustrates child-friendly graphics 837 , including the option of a smiley face.
- this could be an animal face, such as a teddy bear, a horsey, or a bunny rabbit.
- a set of multiple faces can be removable and interchangeable to match the likes of various young patients.
- the location of the faces on the underside of the device allows the operator to show the faces to a younger child, but keep it hidden from an older child, who may not be so amused.
- sock puppets or decorative covers featuring human, animal, or other characters may be produced so that the device may be thinly covered with them, without affecting the operation of the device, but additionally, the puppets or covers may be given to the young patient after a distraction procedure is performed. It is expected that this can help keep a young child more interested in returning to future procedures.
- FIGS. 4 and 5 are sectional views of the external adjustment device 700 shown in FIG. 3 , which illustrate the internal components of the external adjustment device 700 taken along various centerlines.
- FIG. 4 is a sectional view of the external adjustment device 700 taken along the line 4 - 4 of FIG. 3 .
- FIG. 5 is a sectional view of the external adjustment device 700 taken along the line 5 - 5 of FIG. 3 .
- the external adjustment device 700 comprises a first housing 868 , a second housing 838 and a central magnet section 725 .
- First handle 702 and second handle 704 include grip 703 (shown on first handle 702 ).
- Grip 703 may be made of an elastomeric material and may have a soft feel when gripped by the hand.
- the material may also have a tacky feel, in order to aid firm gripping.
- Power is supplied via power cord 711 , which is held to second housing 838 with a strain relief 844 .
- Wires 727 connect various electronic components including motor 840 , which rotates magnets 706 , 708 via gear box 842 , output gear 848 , and center gear 870 respectively.
- Center gear 870 rotates two magnet gears 852 , one on each magnet 706 , 708 (one such gear 852 is illustrated in FIG. 5 ).
- Output gear 848 is attached to motor output via coupling 850 , and both motor 840 and output gear 848 are secured to second housing 838 via mount 846 .
- Magnets 706 , 708 are held within magnet cups 862 .
- Magnets and gears are attached to bearings 872 , 874 , 856 , 858 , which aid in low friction rotation.
- Motor 840 is controlled by motor printed circuit board (PCB) 854 , while the display is controlled by display PCB 866 , which is attached to frame 864 .
- PCB motor printed circuit board
- FIG. 6 illustrates the orientation of poles of the first and second external magnets 706 , 708 and the implanted magnet 1010 of the distraction device 1000 during a distraction procedure.
- First external magnet 706 is turned (by gearing, belts, etc.) synchronously with second external magnet 708 so that north pole 902 of first external magnet 706 is pointing in the twelve o'clock position when the south pole 904 of the second external magnet 708 is pointing in the twelve o'clock position.
- first external magnet 706 is pointing is pointing in the six o'clock position while the north pole 908 of the second external magnet 708 is pointing in the six o'clock position.
- Both first external magnet 706 and second external magnet 708 are turned in a first direction as illustrated by respective arrows 914 , 916 .
- the rotating magnetic fields apply a torque on the implanted magnet 1010 , causing it to rotate in a second direction as illustrated by arrow 918 .
- Exemplary orientation of the north pole 1012 and south pole 1014 of the implanted magnet 1010 during torque delivery are shown in FIG. 6 .
- the implanted magnet 1010 When the first and second external magnets 706 , 708 are turned in the opposite direction from that shown, the implanted magnet 1010 will be turned in the opposite direction from that shown.
- the orientation of the first external magnet 706 and the second external magnet 708 in relation to each other serves to optimize the torque delivery to the implanted magnet 1010 .
- the motor printed circuit board 854 comprises one or more encoder systems, for example photointerrupters 920 , 922 and/or Hall effect sensors 924 , 926 , 928 , 930 , 932 , 934 , 936 , 938 .
- Photointerrupters 920 , 922 each comprise an emitter and a detector.
- a radially striped ring 940 may be attached to one or both of the external magnets 706 , 708 allowing the photointerrupters to optically encode angular motion.
- Light 921 , 923 is schematically illustrated between the radially striped ring 940 and photointerrupters 920 , 922 .
- Hall effect sensors 924 , 926 , 928 , 930 , 932 , 934 , 936 , 938 may be used as non-optical encoders to track rotation of one or both of the external magnets 706 , 708 . While eight (8) such Hall effect sensors are illustrated in FIG. 7 , it should be understood that fewer or more such sensors may be employed.
- the Hall effect sensors are connected to the motor printed circuit board 854 at locations that allow the Hall effect sensors to sense the magnetic field changes as the external magnets 706 , 708 rotate.
- Each Hall effect sensor 924 , 926 , 928 , 930 , 932 , 934 , 936 , 938 outputs a voltage that corresponds to increases or decreases in the magnetic field strength.
- FIG. 9A indicates one basic arrangement of Hall effect sensors relative to sensors 924 . 938 .
- a first Hall effect sensor 924 is located at nine o'clock in relation to first external magnet 706 .
- a second Hall effect sensor 938 is located at three o'clock in relation to second external magnet 708 .
- the first voltage output 940 of first Hall effect sensor 924 and second voltage output 942 of second Hall effect sensor 938 have the same pattern, as seen in FIG. 9B , which graphs voltage for a full rotation cycle of the external magnets 706 , 708 .
- the graph indicates a sinusoidal variance of the output voltage, but the clipped peaks are due to saturation of the signal.
- FIG. 9C illustrates a condition in which both the external magnets 706 , 708 are rotating at the same approximate angular speed, but the north poles 902 , 908 are not correctly synchronized. Because of this, the first voltage output 940 and second voltage output 942 are out-of-phase, and exhibit a phase shift (.phi.). These signals are processed by a processor 915 (shown in FIG. 8 ) and an error warning is displayed on the display 715 of the external adjustment device 700 so that the device may be resynchronized.
- FIG. 10A An alternative to the Hall effect sensor configuration of FIG. 9A is illustrated in FIG. 10A .
- Hall effect sensor 928 is located at twelve o'clock in relation to external magnet 706 and Hall effect sensor 934 is located at twelve o'clock in relation to external magnet 708 .
- the north pole 902 of external magnet 706 should be pointing towards Hall effect sensor 928 when the south pole 904 of external magnet 708 is pointing towards Hall effect sensor 934 .
- Hall effect sensor 928 outputs output voltage 944 and Hall effect sensor 934 outputs output voltage 946 ( FIG. 10B ).
- Output voltage 944 is, by design, out of phase with output voltage 946 .
- An advantage of the Hall effect sensor configuration of FIG. 9A is that the each sensor has a larger distance between it and the opposite magnet (e.g., Hall effect sensor 924 in comparison to external magnet 708 ) so that there is less possibility of interference.
- An advantage to the Hall effect sensor configuration of FIG. 10A is that it may be possible to make a more compact external adjustment device 700 (less width).
- the out-of-phase pattern of FIG. 10B can also be analyzed to confirm magnet synchronicity.
- additional Hall effect sensors 926 , 930 , 932 , 936 are shown. These additional sensors allow additional precision to the rotation angle feedback of the external magnets 706 , 708 of the external adjustment device 700 . Again, the particular number and orientation of Hall effect sensors may vary. In place of the Hall effect sensors, magnetoresistive encoders may also be used.
- additional information may be processed by processor 915 and may be displayed on display 715 .
- distractions using the external adjustment device 700 may be performed in a doctor's office by medical personnel, or by patients or members of patient's family in the home. In either case, it may be desirable to store information from each distraction session to be accessed later. For example, the date and time of each distraction, the amount of distraction attempted, and the amount of distraction obtained. This information may be stored in the processor 915 or in one or more memory modules (not shown) associated with the processor 915 .
- the physician may be able to input distraction length limits, for example the maximum amount that can be distracted in each session, the maximum amount that can be distracted per day, the maximum amount that can be distracted per week, etc. The physician may input these limits by using a secure entry using the keys or buttons of the device, which the patient will not be able to access.
- first end 1018 of the distraction device 1000 towards the head of the patient, and second end 1020 of the distraction device 1000 towards the feet of the patient.
- This orientation of the distraction device 1000 may be termed antegrade.
- the orientation of the distraction device 1000 being either antegrade or retrograde in patient could mean that the external adjustment device 700 would have to be placed in accordance with the orientation image 804 when the distraction device 1000 is placed antegrade, but placed the opposite of the orientation image 804 when the distraction device 1000 is placed retrograde.
- Software may be programmed so that the processor 915 recognizes whether the distraction device 1000 has been implanted antegrade or retrograde, and then turns the magnets 706 , 708 in the appropriate direction when the distraction button 722 is placed.
- the motor 705 could be commanded to rotate the magnets 706 , 708 in a first direction when distracting an antegrade placed distraction device 1000 , and in a second, opposite direction when distracting a retrograde placed distraction device 1000 .
- the physician may, for example, be prompted by the display 715 to input using the control panel 812 whether the distraction device 1000 was placed antegrade or retrograde.
- the patient may then continue to use the same external adjustment device 700 to assure that the motor 705 turns the magnets 706 , 708 in the proper directions for both distraction and refraction.
- the distraction device may incorporate an RFID chip 1022 (shown in FIG. 1 ), which can be read and written to by an antenna 1024 on the external adjustment device 700 .
- the position of the distraction device 1000 in the patient can be written to the RFID chip 1022 , and can thus be read by the antenna 1024 of any external adjustment device 700 , allowing the patient to receive correct distractions and/or retractions, regardless of which external adjustment device 700 is used.
- FIG. 11 is a magnetic flux density plot 100 of the magnetic field characteristics in the region surrounding the two external magnets 706 , 708 of the external adjustment device 700 , and the internal permanent magnet 1010 of the distraction device 1000 .
- any type of adjustable force-applying (or torque-applying) implant incorporating a rotatable magnet is contemplated as an alternative.
- a series of flux lines 110 are drawn as vectors, having orientation and magnitude, the magnitude represented by the length of the arrows.
- the external magnets 706 , 708 magnetically couple with the internal permanent magnet 1010 and are turned by the motor 840 ( FIG. 4 ) causing the internal permanent magnet 1010 to turn (as described in relation to FIG.
- the flux lines 110 change considerably in magnitudes and orientation.
- Embodiments of the present invention use an array of magnetic sensors, such as Hall effect sensors, to receive information about the changing magnetic field characteristics and determine parameters which aid the use and function of the external adjustment device 700 , and more importantly, of the distraction device 1000 itself.
- the first parameter is the general proximity of the external magnets 706 , 708 of the external adjustment device 700 to the internal permanent magnet 1010 of the distraction device 1000 . It is desired that the external magnets 706 , 708 of the external adjustment device 700 be placed close enough to the internal permanent magnet 1010 of the distraction device 1000 so that it will function.
- a goal of the system may be to maximize the torque that the external magnets 706 , 708 impart on the internal permanent magnet, and thus to maximize the distraction force delivered by the distraction device 1000 .
- the second parameter is an estimation of the distance between the external adjustment device 700 and the distraction device 1000 , particularly the distance between the external magnets 706 , 708 of the external adjustment device 700 and the internal permanent magnet 1010 of the distraction device 1000 . This distance estimation, as will be explained in greater detail, can be used in estimating the subsequent parameters.
- the third parameter is the estimated variable dimension of the distraction device 1000 , such as distraction length. On some types of adjustable implants, the variable dimension may be length. On other types of adjustable implants (for example, in a restriction device), the adjustable parameter may be diameter or circumference.
- the fourth parameter is distraction force.
- Distraction force may be a useful parameter in scoliosis, in particular because in growing patients increased tensile loads on the skeletal system can accelerate growth. This is known as the Heuter-Volkmann principle. Distraction force is also useful in clinical applications concerned with increasing the length of a bone, or changing the angle or rotational orientation of a bone.
- the fourth parameter may incorporate other forces, for example, compression force in an adjustable compression implant, for example in trauma applications, such as those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 8,852,187. In other medical applications using an adjustable medical implant, it may be useful to know the moment applied on a body part instead of, or as well as, the force applied.
- an “un-bending moment” describes the moment placed by a distraction device on the curve to cause it to straighten. For a particular force value, this moment will vary, depending on how far the distraction device is located laterally from the apex of the scoliosis curve. If the lateral distance is known, for example via an X-ray image, the un-bending moment may be calculated from determining the force applied.
- Determining the optimal positioning of the external adjustment device 700 is not always possible.
- the implanted distraction device 1000 is not visible to the operator of the external adjustment device 700 , and using x-ray imaging to determine its exact location may be difficult, and undesirable due to the additional radiation.
- the placement of the external adjustment device 700 in a desired location adjacent the skin of the patient may be complicated by extreme curvature of the surface of the patient's body (for example, in scoliosis patients with significant deformity in the torso), or by varying thickness of muscle and fat around the skeletal system (for example circumferentially around the femur in a limb-lengthening patient).
- FIG. 12A shows, in Cartesian form, the centerline 106 of the external adjustment device 700 aligned with the Y-axis and a gap G between a tangent 707 with the outer surface of the external adjustment device 700 and a tangent 709 with the outer surface of the distraction device 1000 .
- the distance between external magnets 706 , 708 and internal permanent magnet 1010 may be slightly larger than the gap G because of their locations within the external adjustment device 700 and the distraction device 1000 , respectively (i.e., the housings add slightly to gap G). As the external magnets 706 , 708 are placed closer to the internal permanent magnet 1010 of the distraction device 1000 , the distraction force that can be generated increases.
- a lateral offset in alignment is represented by X o along the x-axis, between the centerline 106 of the external adjustment device 700 and the center of the internal permanent magnet 1010 .
- the lateral offset would be represented by the distance between the center of the external magnet and the center of the internal permanent magnet 1010 , along the x-axis.
- a smaller X o allows a higher maximum possible distraction force.
- an external adjustment device 700 ′ which has been tipped by an angle R 1 , causing the external magnet 706 ′ to be farther from the internal permanent magnet 1010 , than if R 1 was close to zero.
- FIG. 12B is similar to FIG. 12A , but FIG. 12B shows a side view of the external adjustment device 700 and internal permanent magnet 1010 , with the z-axis left to right and the y-axis up and down.
- An axial offset Z o is drawn between the axial center of the external magnet 708 and the axial center of the internal permanent magnet 1010 .
- FIG. 12C is a top view that shows a third tipped angle R 3 , between the external magnet 706 and the internal permanent magnet 1010 .
- R 2 and R 3 are almost always a non-zero magnitude, the larger they are, the lower the potential coupling torque, and therefore the lower the potential distraction force.
- FIGS. 13A through 13D illustrate a variance of magnetic couplings between external magnets 706 , 708 and the internal permanent magnet 1010 during an adjustment procedure.
- FIG. 13A shows a zero torque condition, which may exist, for example, prior to initiating the rotation of the external magnets 706 , 708 , or at the very start of the operation of the external adjustment device 700 .
- the north pole 902 of external magnet 706 is pointing in the positive y-direction and the south pole 906 of external magnet 706 is pointing in the negative y-direction
- the south pole 904 of the external magnet 708 is pointing in the positive y-direction
- the north pole 908 of the external magnet 708 is pointing in the negative y-direction.
- the north pole 1011 of the internal permanent magnet 1010 is attracted to the south pole 906 of the external magnet 706 and thus is held in substantially the negative x-direction, and the south pole 1013 of the internal permanent magnet 1010 is attracted to the north pole 908 of the external magnet 708 and thus is held in the positive x direction. All magnets 706 , 708 , 1010 are in a balanced state and are not fighting each other. As the external adjustment device 700 is operated so that the external magnets 706 , 708 begin to turn (as shown in FIG. 13B ), it is often the case that there is a nominal resistance torque on the mechanism that is rotatably holding the internal permanent magnet 1010 .
- external adjustment device either has a single external magnet 706 , or has two or more external magnets 706 , 708 that rotate synchronously with one another (though other embodiments are possible), and so the reference will currently be made only to the external magnet 706 for simplicity's sake.
- external magnet 706 is turned in a first rotational direction 102 , up until a first angle ⁇ 1 , it has not yet applied a large enough applied torque ⁇ A on the internal permanent magnet 1010 to cause it to initiate rotation in a second opposite rotational direction 104 .
- the applied torque ⁇ A is less than the static threshold resistance torque ⁇ ST of the internal permanent magnet 1010 .
- angle ⁇ 1 is exceeded, the applied torque ⁇ A becomes greater than the static threshold torque ⁇ ST of the internal permanent magnet 1010 , and thus the rotation of the internal permanent magnet 1010 in the second rotational direction 104 begins, and continues while the external magnet 706 rotates through angle ⁇ 2 .
- the internal permanent magnet 1010 has rotated an angle ⁇ , wherein angle ⁇ is less than angle ⁇ .
- Angle ⁇ is less than or equal to angle ⁇ 2 .
- Angle ⁇ is less than angle ⁇ 2 in cases where the dynamic resistance torque TDR increases as the internal permanent magnet 1010 rotates through angle ⁇ .
- FIG. 13C illustrates the orientation of the magnets 706 , 708 , 1010 after additional rotation has occurred, and as the dynamic resistance torque TDR has increased. This typically occurs as the distraction force of the distraction device 1000 increases, because of increasing friction within the mechanisms of the distraction device 1000 , and can occur during the first rotation, or after several rotations. Thus, as seen in FIG. 13C , internal permanent magnet 1010 has rotated a smaller additional amount than the external magnet 706 .
- phase lag is used to describe the difference in rotational orientation between the external magnet 706 and the internal permanent magnet 1010 . As the dynamic resistance torque TDR increases, the phase lag increases.
- phase lag between the north pole 902 of the external magnet 706 and north pole 1011 of the internal permanent magnet 1010 in the zero torque condition illustrated in FIG. 13A would be defined as 90°. However, for the purposes of the embodiments of the present invention, phase lag is defined as being 0° at the zero torque condition of FIG. 13A . Regardless of the method chosen to define phase lag, the important factor is the change in the phase lag over time (or over the number of rotations). As the dynamic resistance torque TDR increases even further, a point is reached wherein the dynamic resistance torque TDR becomes higher than the applied torque ⁇ A .
- An intelligent adjustment system 500 is illustrated in FIG. 14 , and comprises an external adjustment device 502 having a magnetic sensor array 503 which is configured to adjust an adjustable medical device 400 comprising a first portion 404 and a second portion 406 , adjustable in relation to the first portion 404 .
- the adjustable medical device 400 is non-invasively adjustable, and contains a rotatable permanent magnet 402 , for example a radially-poled cylindrical permanent magnet.
- the adjustable medical implant 400 is configured to apply an adjustable force within the body.
- the permanent magnet 402 may be rotationally coupled to a lead screw 408 which is configured to engage with a female thread 410 within the second portion 406 , such that the rotation of the permanent magnet 402 causes the rotation of the lead screw 408 within the female thread 410 , thus moving the first portion 404 and the second portion 406 longitudinally with respect to each other.
- the permanent magnet 402 may be non-invasively rotated by applying a torque with one or more external magnets 510 (or 511 of FIG. 16 ) of the external adjustment device 502 .
- the adjustable medical device 400 is configured for implantation within a patient, and as depicted, is further configured so that the first portion 404 may be coupled to the patient at a first location and the second portion 406 may be coupled to the patient at a second location.
- the adjustable medical device 400 may be non-invasively adjusted to increase a distraction force between the first location and the second location. In some embodiments, the adjustable medical device 400 may be non-invasively adjusted to decrease a distraction force between the first location and the second location. In some embodiments, the adjustable medical device 400 may be non-invasively adjusted to increase a compression force between the first location and the second location. In some embodiments, the adjustable medical device 400 may be non-invasively adjusted to decrease a compression force between the first location and the second location. In some embodiments, the adjustable medical device 400 may be non-invasively adjusted to perform two or more of these functions. Alternatively, the adjustable medical device may be a restriction device, configured to be adjusted to increase or decrease a diameter.
- a diameter that at least partially restricts a body conduit such as a blood vessel, a gastrointestinal tract or a urinary tract.
- the movement of the first portion 406 in relation to the second portion 406 may increase or decrease traction or tension on a cable or tension member, which in turn causes the restriction (or increase, as the case may be) in diameter of the restriction device.
- the magnetic sensor array 503 may comprise two circuit boards 516 , 518 , for example printed circuit boards (PCBs).
- the first circuit board 516 may be located in opposition to the second circuit board 518 .
- the first circuit board 516 may be located above and generally parallel to the second circuit board 518 .
- Each circuit board 516 , 518 may have a subarray 520 of magnetic sensors 536 , 538 , 540 , 542 , for example, Hall effect sensors.
- a second external magnet 511 FIG. 16
- even more external magnets may be disposed on the external adjustment device 502 . In FIG. 14 , a second external magnet 511 has been removed to show detail of the magnetic sensor array 503 .
- Standoff blocks 526 , 528 may be disposed on the external adjustment device 502 to hold the first and second circuit boards 516 , 518 in place.
- the standoff blocks 526 , 528 may be movable in one or more directions to allow fine adjustment of multiple dimensions of each circuit board 516 , 518 , as needed, to tune the magnetic sensor array 503 .
- the one or more external magnets 510 are rotatably secured to a base 532 , and may be covered with a stationary cylindrical magnet cover 530 . It may be desired to rotatably secure the one or more external magnets 510 to the base well enough so that they do not vibrate or rattle, thereby advantageously increasing the signal to noise ratio of the magnetic sensors and the overall effectiveness of the sensor array 503 .
- the circuit boards 516 , 518 may be substantially identical to each other, or may be mirror images of each other.
- FIG. 15 shows circuit board 516 in more detail.
- Five Hall effect sensors (HES) include a forward HES 534 , a back HES 536 , a left HES 538 , a right HES 540 , and a middle HES 542 .
- FIG. 14 circuit board 516 is shown having the effect sensors 534 , 536 , 538 , 540 , 542 extending upward, while the circuit board 518 is shown having its Hall effect sensors extending downward (not visible in FIG. 14 ).
- circuit board 518 may be advantageous to have the HES of circuit board 518 extending downward to minimize the distance between the Hall effect sensors and the permanent magnet 402 .
- circuit board 518 may thus have a mirror image to circuit board 516 , so that the left HES 538 of circuit board 516 is directly above the left HES of circuit board 518 , etc.
- the Hall effect sensor used for the left HES is identical to the Hall effect sensor used for the right HES, and the same for forward HES and back HES, the same circuit board may be used for both circuit boards 516 , 518 , thus reducing manufacturing costs.
- PCBs printed circuit boards
- the Hall effect sensors 534 , 536 , 538 , 540 , 542 comprise linear Hall effect sensors.
- the configuration of the circuit boards 516 , 518 i.e., one above the other) aids their use in differential mode, as will be described in regard to FIG. 17 . Because the middle HES 542 , in both circuit boards 516 , 518 , is the furthest of the Hall effect sensors from the external magnets 510 , 511 , it can be less prone to saturation. Therefore, in such embodiments, a more sensitive Hall effect sensor may be used as the middle HES 542 .
- an A1324 produced by Allegro Microsystems LLC, Irvine, Calif., USA, which has a sensitivity of between about 4.75 and about 5.25 millivolts per Gauss (mV/G), or more particularly 5.0 mV/G, may be used.
- mV/G millivolts per Gauss
- a less sensitive Hall effect sensor may be used.
- an A1302 also produced by Allegro Microsystems LLC, Irvine, Calif., USA, with a sensitivity of about 1.3 mV/G may be used.
- each circuit board 516 , 518 is shown in relation to the centers of each external magnet 510 , 511 .
- An exemplary arrangement comprises external magnets 510 , 511 having diameters between about 2.54 cm (1.0 inches) and 8.89 cm (3.5 inches), and more particularly between about 2.54 cm (1.0 inches) and 6.35 cm (2.5 inches).
- the length of the external magnets 510 , 511 may be between about 3.81 cm (1.5 inches) and 12.7 cm (5.0 inches), or between about 3.81 cm (1.5 inches) and 7.62 cm (3.0 inches).
- the external magnets have a diameter of about 3.81 cm (1.5 inches) and a length of about 5.08 cm (2.0 inches), and are made from a rare earth material, such as Neodymium-Iron-Boron, for example using a grade greater higher N42, greater than N45, greater than N50, or about N52.
- exemplary sizes for the permanent magnet 402 may include a diameter between about 6.35 mm (0.25 inches) and 8.89 mm (0.35 inches), between about 6.85 mm (0.27 inches) and 8.13 mm (0.32 inches), or about 7.11 mm (0.28 inches).
- the permanent magnet 402 may have a length of between about 1.27 cm (0.50 inches) and 3.81 cm (1.50 inches), between about 1.77 cm (0.70 inches) and 3.18 cm (1.25 inches), or about 1.85 cm (0.73 inches), or about 2.54 cm (1.00 inches).
- the permanent magnet 402 may be made from a rare earth material, such as Neodymium-Iron-Boron, for example using a grade greater higher N42, greater than N45, greater than N50, or about N52.
- circuit board 516 (also called upper circuit board) may be located a distance Y.sub.1 from the center of the external magnets 510 , 511 of about 15 mm to 32 mm, or about 21 mm.
- Circuit board 518 (also called lower circuit board) may be located a distance Y.sub.2 from the center of the external magnets 510 , 511 of about 17 mm to 35 mm, or about 26 mm.
- the external adjustment device 502 may include a depression 544 between the two external magnets 510 , 511 to allow skin and/or fat to move into the depression when the external adjustment device is pressed down on the patient, thereby allowing the external magnets 510 , 511 to be placed as close as possible to the permanent magnet 402 .
- the central axes of the two external magnets 510 , 511 may be separated from each other by between about 50 mm and 100 mm, between about 55 mm and 80 mm, or about 70 mm.
- FIG. 17 a front view of the external adjustment device 502 (of FIGS. 14 & 16 ) shows the pairs of Hall effect sensors that are coupled to the same differential amplifier.
- the left HES 538 of circuit board 516 is paired with the right HES 540 of circuit board 518 .
- the left HES 538 of circuit board 518 is paired with the right HES 540 of circuit board 516 .
- the forward HES 534 of circuit board 516 is paired with the forward HES 534 of circuit board 518 .
- the middle HES 542 of circuit board 516 is paired with the middle HES 542 of circuit board 518 .
- the back HES 536 of circuit board 516 is paired with the back HES 536 of circuit board 518 . Dotted lines have been drawn in in both FIGS. 17 and 18 to better illustrate the pairings.
- an external adjustment device 502 having a sensor array 503 and having at least one external magnet 510 configured for rotation is powered by a power supply 504 .
- This power supply 504 powers differential amplifiers 505 , to which the Hall effect sensors ( 534 , 536 , 538 , 540 , 542 of FIGS. 17 and 18 ) are coupled.
- the at least one external magnet 510 of the external adjustment device 502 is rotated (e.g., by a motor 840 of FIG. 4 ) and magnetically couples to the permanent magnet 402 of the adjustable medical device 400 .
- the coupling between the at least one external magnet 510 and the permanent magnet 402 may have variable coupling and torque characteristics (e.g., increasing dynamic resistance torque TDR) which cause a varying magnetic field represented by components (i.e., vectors) 512 and 514 .
- variable coupling and torque characteristics e.g., increasing dynamic resistance torque TDR
- components i.e., vectors
- FIG. 33 illustrates an external adjustment device 600 comprising two electromagnets 606 , 608 for creating rotatable magnetic fields.
- the external adjustment device 600 is otherwise similar to the external adjustment device 502 of FIGS. 14-19 .
- a processor 506 (for example a microprocessor) processes signals from the differential amplifiers 505 , and the resulting information is displayed on a user interface 508 .
- FIG. 20 illustrates the system logic 200 within an intelligent adjustment system, (e.g., 500 of FIG. 14 ) that allows it to take signals received by the sensor array 503 and determine or estimate: 1) the general proximity of the external magnets 706 , 708 , 510 , 511 of the external adjustment device 700 , 502 to the internal permanent magnet 1010 , 402 of the distraction device 1000 , 400 , 2 ) a distance between the external adjustment device 700 , 502 and the distraction device 1000 , 400 , particularly the distance between the external magnets 706 , 708 , 510 , 511 of the external adjustment device 700 , 502 and the internal permanent magnet 1010 , 402 of the distraction device 1000 , 400 , 3 ) the estimated distraction length of the distraction device 1000 , 400 , and 4) the distraction force.
- an intelligent adjustment system e.g., 500 of FIG. 14
- FIG. 20 illustrates the system logic 200 within an intelligent adjustment system, (e.g., 500 of FIG. 14 ) that allows it to
- step 202 differential inputs from the middle HES 542 , left HES 538 , and right HES 540 are analyzed, with the maximum and minimum values (voltages) of each complete rotation cycle, thus in step 204 , identifying the amplitude of the waveform of the middle HES 542 . This amplitude will be used during several subsequent functions programming 206 steps.
- step 208 rotational detection is performed. For example, in one embodiment, if the amplitude of the waveform is smaller than 4.2 Volts, then the permanent magnet 1010 , 402 of the distraction device 1000 , 400 is determined to be rotationally stationary.
- the general proximity of the external adjustment device 700 , 502 to the permanent magnet 1010 , 402 of the distraction device 1000 , 400 is determined. For example a yes or no determination of whether the external adjustment device 700 , 502 is close enough to the permanent magnet 1010 , 402 to allow operation of the external adjustment device 700 , 502 .
- the data acquisition array is analyzed and if the first and last elements (i.e., all of the values measured in the data acquisition array) are smaller than 0.5 Volts, then the peak of the waveform produced by the Hall effect sensors is complete for being processed. If the amplitude of the waveform is larger than 9.2 Volts, the external adjustment device 700 , 502 is acceptably close to the permanent magnet 1010 , 402 of the distraction device 1000 , 400 to warrant continued adjustment, without aborting.
- step 212 an estimation is done of the actual distance between the external adjustment device 700 , 502 and the distraction device 1000 , 400 (or between the external magnets 706 , 708 , 510 , 511 and the permanent magnet 1010 , 402 ).
- Empirical data and curve fit data are used to estimate this distance (gap G).
- FIG. 22 illustrates a graph 266 of empirical data obtained of voltage (V) for a series of gaps G. A curve fit generated the equation:
- V voltage in Volts
- G gap G in millimeters
- step 214 the maximum distraction force at the current distance (gap G) is estimated based on empirical data and curve fit data.
- FIG. 23 illustrates a graph 268 of maximum possible force in pounds (lbs.) for a series of gaps G.
- a curve fit 272 generated the equation:
- a real time estimate of distraction force is performed based on empirical data and curve fit data.
- FIG. 24 illustrates a graph 270 of estimated or actual distraction force in pounds (lbs.) over a range of voltage differentials.
- a curve fit 274 generated the equation:
- a button may be pushed on a user interface 226 , whenever a value for this force is desired, or it may be set to continually update.
- slippage between the external magnets 706 , 708 , 510 , 511 and the permanent magnet 1010 , 402 is detected.
- step 222 the differential input between the left and right HES 538 , 540 is acquired, and the maximum and minimum values obtained.
- step 224 stall detection logic is run.
- the slippage is detected (for example, between the left HES 538 of circuit board 516 and the right HES 540 of circuit board 518 and/or between the right HES 40 of circuit board 516 and the left HES 538 of circuit board 518 ).
- the current amplitude is 1.16 times (or more) larger than the previous current amplitude (or 1.16 times or more smaller)
- slippage is detected.
- the difference between the maximum index and the minimum index is smaller than 12 Volts, slippage is detected.
- FIG. 25 illustrates a graph 276 of two differential voltages over time in an embodiment of the present invention.
- Differential voltage 286 (thin line) between the middle HES pair 542 of circuit board 516 and 542 of circuit board 518 may be used to calculate many of the parameters.
- the triangular perturbation 290 is typically located within the cycle of the differential voltage 286 . Changes in the amplitude of the triangular perturbation may represent, for example, slippage or may represent the changes in coupling torque.
- Differential voltage 288 (thick line) between side pairs (for example, between the left HES 538 of circuit board 516 and the right HES 540 of circuit board 518 ) is used for confirmation of magnetic slippage.
- Perturbation 292 is typically located within the cycle of the differential voltage 288 . Changes in the amplitude of the perturbation 292 may occur during magnetic slippage.
- step 230 when a real time torque value is requested (for example, but pushing a button on the user interface 226 ), the voltage or amplitude of the waveform is recorded.
- step 220 the rotation cycles are counted (this occurs continuously).
- the distraction length is also counted. For example, in one embodiment, 0.32 mm of linear distraction occurs for every rotation of the internal permanent magnet 1010 , 402 . In another embodiment, 0.005 mm of linear distraction occurs for every rotation of the internal permanent magnet 1010 , 402 .
- the number of rotations may be the number of rotations of the internal permanent magnet 1010 , 402 or a fraction or multiple of the number of rotations of the internal permanent magnet 1010 , 402 (i.e., “rotations” can be a non-integer number and can be less than 1 or greater than 1).
- rotations can be a non-integer number and can be less than 1 or greater than 1.
- it may be desired to count the number of rotations of the internal permanent magnet 1010 , 402 divided by the gear reduction.
- the number counted by the system 500 may be the number of rotations of the internal permanent magnet 1010 , 402 divided by 64.
- the magnetic sensor array 503 in addition to the functions described that are possible with the magnetic sensor array 503 , it is possible to use the magnetic sensor array 503 in place of the Hall effect sensors 924 . 926 , 928 , 930 , 932 , 934 , 936 , 938 of the embodiments described in relation with FIGS. 7-10B in order to track rotation of the external magnet(s) 706 , 708 , 510 , 511 .
- the user interface 226 may comprise a graphic user interface (GUI) and may include a display and control buttons, or one or more touchscreens.
- GUI graphic user interface
- the user interface may include an estimated gap display 232 , which tells the user the approximate distance (gap G) between the external adjustment device 700 , 502 and the distraction device 1000 , 400 , or between the external magnets 706 , 708 , 510 , 511 of the external adjustment device 700 , 502 and the internal permanent magnet 1010 , 402 of the distraction device 1000 , 400 .
- an “OK to distract” indicator 234 may light up, vibrate, or sound, depending on whether it is a visual (e.g., LED), tactile, or audio indicator.
- the user may initiate distraction/retraction of the distraction device 1000 , 400 by pressing a “Start” button 236 of the external adjustment device 700 , 502 .
- neither the “OK to distract” indicator 234 nor the “Start” button 236 may appear on the user interface 226 until the gap G is determined to be within an acceptable level, and only then the “Start” button 236 will be displayed on the user interface 226 .
- an acceptable gap G is a distance below which a coupling may be generated between the external magnets 706 , 708 , 510 , 510 of the external adjustment device 700 , 502 and the internal permanent magnet 1010 , 402 of the distraction device 1000 , 400 sufficient to generate a significant distraction force (e.g., enough to distract bones, joints or tissue).
- this may be a gap G of 51 mm or less.
- this may be a gap G of 25 mm or less.
- this may be a gap of 12 mm or less.
- the significant distraction force to distract bones, joints, or tissue may be 1 pound or greater. In other embodiments, it may be 20 pounds or greater.
- the system 500 may be set to not function, for example, in order to protect components of body tissue from forces or torques that are too large. This feature may function based on data such as that from FIG. 22 .
- a maximum possible force display 240 may indicate the expected maximum possible force at the current condition (i.e., gap G), either graphically as shown, or with the display of a number, for example, from the data such as that of FIG. 23 .
- the system 500 will begin counting the revolutions of the internal permanent magnet 1010 , 402 and determining the estimated distraction length as described. This may be displayed on the distraction length display 238 .
- An estimated force or actual force display 242 may show the current distraction force (or compression force or other force). This may be updated at any range of update rates. Alternatively, it may be updated only when the user presses a “Determine Force” button 244 .
- a “Not Lengthening” indicator 250 may light up, vibrate, or sound, depending on whether it is a visual (e.g., LED), tactile, or audio indicator. If at any time any significant event occurs for which user should be notified, an alarm 246 may light up, vibrate, or sound, depending on whether it is a visual (e.g., LED), tactile or audio indicator. Such events may include reaching too high of a force, or reaching the limit of the distraction device 1000 , 400 , such as its maximum or minimum length.
- a data input module 248 may be used to input data, for example the starting distraction length of the distraction device 1000 , 400 , the model of the distraction device, and/or any relevant patient demographic data.
- the user may press a “Stop” button 252 to stop all activity.
- a graph 254 may be included on the user interface 226 , for example showing the maximum possible force 256 and the actual force 258 over time. Shifts 260 of the maximum possible force 256 over time may be caused by the gap G changing due to the user applying more or less pressure on the external adjustment device 700 , 502 .
- the graph of the actual distraction force 258 may include a ramp up 262 , as the distraction device 1000 , 400 first moves without significant resistance, and then begins to encounter the resistance caused by tissue or bone. In may also include slippage jumps 264 , as the applied torque T A on the internal permanent magnet 1010 , 402 increases a little, and then quickly drops as slippage occurs, subsequently being caught and slightly increased by the next pole of the external magnet 706 .
- the system 500 may have limits that shut down the system if the voltage values demonstrate that the device is being used improperly.
- Reference above to external magnets 706 , 708 may be considered to also reference external magnets 510 , 511 where appropriate, and vice versa. For example, if a patient were to turn the external adjustment device 502 backwards, and/or to run the external magnets 510 , 511 in an incorrect direction. This is also true for internal permanent magnets 1010 and 402 , distraction device 1000 and adjustable device 400 , and external adjustment devices 700 , 502 .
- FIGS. 26-32 Several embodiments of adjustable implants configured for use with the system 500 are illustrated in FIGS. 26-32 .
- the adjustable spinal implant 300 of FIG. 26 is secured to a spine 280 having vertebrae 282 and intervertebral discs 284 .
- a first end 312 is secured to a portion of the spine 280 , for example, to a first vertebra 316 with a pedicle screw 318 .
- a second end 314 is secured to a portion of the spine 280 , for example, to a second vertebra 320 with a pedicle screw 322 .
- hooks, wires or other anchoring systems may be used to secure the adjustable spinal implant 300 to the spine 280 .
- Many different portions of the vertebrae may be used to secure the adjustable spine implant 300 .
- the adjustable spinal implant 300 may alternatively be secured at either or both ends to ribs, or ilium.
- the adjustable spinal implant 300 comprises a first portion 301 and a second portion 302 .
- the first portion 301 includes a hollow housing 324 and the second portion 302 includes a rod 326 which is axially extendable in both directions, and which is telescopically contained within the hollow housing 324 .
- a permanent magnet 304 is contained within the hollow housing 324 , and is configured for rotation.
- the permanent magnet 304 is coupled to a lead screw 306 via an intermediate gear module 310 .
- the gear module 310 may be eliminated in some embodiments, with the permanent magnet 304 directly connected to the lead screw 306 .
- rotation of the permanent magnet 304 causes rotation of the lead screw 306 (either at the same rotational velocity or at a different rotational velocity, depending on the gearing used).
- the lead screw 306 is threadingly engaged with a female thread 308 , disposed within the rod 326 .
- Certain embodiments of the adjustable spinal implant 300 may be used for distraction of the spine 280 or compression of the spine 280 .
- adjustable spinal implant 300 may be used to correct the spine of a patient with spinal deformity, for example due to scoliosis, hyper (or hypo) kyphosis, or hyper (or hypo) lordosis. Certain embodiments of the adjustable spinal implant 300 may be used to distract a spine, in order to open the spinal canal which may have been causing the patient pain. Certain embodiments of the adjustable spinal implant 300 may be used for adjustable dynamic stabilization of the spine, for control of the range of motion. Certain embodiments of the adjustable spinal implant 300 may be used to correct spondylolisthesis. Certain embodiments of the adjustable spinal implant 300 may be used to stabilize the spine during fusion, allowing for controlled load sharing, or selectable unloading of the spine.
- the adjustable spinal implant 300 may be configured in certain embodiments as an adjustable artificial disc, or to adjust vertebral body height.
- the adjustable spinal implant 300 is secured to the spine 280 of a patient, over the scoliotic curve 296 , and is lengthened intermittently by the system 500 .
- a specific force may be determined which is most effective for that patient.
- an overall average force for example 20 pounds
- the system 500 allows the operator to determine whether the target force is reached, and can also protect against too large of a force being placed on the spine 280 .
- a distance D is shown between the center of the spinal adjustment device 300 and the spine 280 at the apex vertebra 282 . This may be, for example, measured from an X-ray image.
- the target force may be derived from a target “unbending” moment, defined as:
- M U is the target unbending moment
- D is the distance D
- F T is the target force
- FIG. 27 illustrates a bone 328 with an adjustable intramedullary implant 330 placed within the medullary canal 332 .
- the bone 328 is a femur, though a variety of other bones are contemplated, including, but not limited to the tibia and humerus.
- the adjustable intramedullary implant 330 includes a first portion 334 having a cavity 338 and a second portion 336 , telescopically disposed within the first portion 334 .
- Within the cavity 338 of the first portion 334 is a rotatable permanent magnet 340 , which is rotationally coupled to a lead screw 342 , first example, via a gear module 344 .
- the first portion 334 is secured to a first section 346 of the bone 328 , for example, using a bone screw 350 .
- the second portion 336 is secured to a second section 348 of the bone 328 , for example, using a bone screw 352 .
- Rotation of the permanent magnet 340 causes rotation of the lead screw 342 within a female thread 354 that is disposed in the second portion 336 , and moves the first portion 334 and the second portion 336 either together or apart.
- limb lengthening applications it may be desired to increase the length of the bone 328 , by creating an osteotomy 356 , and then gradually distracting the two bone sections 346 , 348 away from each other.
- a rate of approximately one millimeter per day has been shown to be effective in growing the length of the bone, with minimal non-unions or early consolidations. Stretching of the surrounding soft tissue may cause the patient significant pain.
- the patient or physician may determine a relationship between the patient's pain threshold and the force measured by the system 500 . In future lengthenings, the force may be measured, and the pain threshold force avoided.
- a bone 328 is illustrated in FIG. 28 with an adjustable intramedullary implant 358 placed within the medullary canal 332 .
- the bone 328 is a femur, though a variety of other bones are contemplated, including, but not limited to the tibia and humerus.
- the adjustable intramedullary implant 358 includes a first portion 360 having a cavity 362 and a second portion 364 , rotationally disposed within the first portion 360 .
- a rotatable permanent magnet 366 Within the cavity 362 of the first portion 360 is a rotatable permanent magnet 366 , which is rotationally coupled to a lead screw 368 , first example, via a gear module 370 .
- the first portion 360 is secured to a first section 346 of the bone 328 , for example, using a bone screw 350 .
- the second portion 364 is secured to a second section 348 of the bone 328 , for example, using a bone screw 352 .
- Rotation of the permanent magnet 366 causes rotation of the lead screw 368 within a female thread 372 that is disposed in a rotation module 374 , and moves the first portion 360 and the second portion 364 rotationally with respect to each other.
- the rotation module 374 may make use of embodiments disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 8,852,187.
- the patient or physician may determine a relationship between the patient's pain threshold and the force measured by the system 500 . In future rotations, the force may be measured, and the pain threshold force avoided.
- a knee joint 376 is illustrated in FIGS. 29 and 30 , and comprises a femur 328 , a tibia 394 , and a fibula 384 .
- Certain patients having osteoarthritis of the knee joint 376 may be eligible for implants configured to non-invasively adjust the angle of a wedge osteotomy 388 made in the tibia 394 , which divides the tibia 394 into a first portion 390 and a second portion 392 .
- Two such implants include an adjustable intramedullary implant 386 ( FIG. 29 ) and an adjustable plate implant 420 ( FIG. 30 ).
- the adjustable intramedullary implant 386 includes a first portion 396 which is secured to the first portion 390 of the tibia 394 using one or more bone screws 378 , 380 and a second portion 398 which is secured to the second portion 392 of the tibia 394 using one or more bone screws 382 .
- a permanent magnet 381 within the adjustable intramedullary implant 386 is rotationally coupled to a lead screw 383 , which in turn engages female threads 385 of the second portion 398 .
- the bone screw 378 passes through the adjustable intramedullary implant 386 at a pivoting interface 387 .
- the bone screw 378 is able to pivot in relation to the adjustable intramedullary implant 386 , while still holding the adjustable intramedullary implant 386 securely to the bone of the tibia 394 .
- a rate of between about 0.5 mm and 2.5 mm per day may be effective in growing the angle of the bone, with minimal non-unions or early consolidation. Stretching of the surrounding soft tissue may cause the patient significant pain.
- the patient or physician may determine a relationship between the patient's pain threshold and the force measured by the system 500 . In future lengthenings, the force may be measured, and the pain threshold force avoided.
- the adjustable plate implant 420 ( FIG. 30 ) includes a first portion 422 having a first plate 438 , which is secured externally to the first portion 390 of the tibia 394 using one or more bone screws 426 , 428 and a second portion 424 having a second plate 440 , which is secured externally to the second portion 392 of the tibia 394 using one or more bone screws 430 .
- a permanent magnet 432 within the adjustable plate implant 420 is rotationally coupled to a lead screw 434 , which in turn engages female threads 436 of the second portion 424 . Stretching of the surrounding soft tissue may cause the patient significant pain.
- the patient or physician determine a relationship between the patient's pain threshold and the force measured by the system 500 . In future lengthenings, the force may be measured, and the pain threshold force avoided.
- FIG. 31 An adjustable suture anchor 444 is illustrated in FIG. 31 . Though the embodiment is shown in a rotator cuff 134 of a shoulder joint 136 , the adjustable suture anchor 444 also has application in anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) repair, or any other soft tissue to bone attachment in which securement tension is an factor.
- the adjustable suture anchor 444 comprises a first end 446 and a second end 448 that is configured to insert into the head 140 of a humerus 138 through cortical bone 146 and cancellous bone 142 . Threads 460 at the first end 446 are secured to the cortical bone 146 and the second end 448 may additionally be inserted into a pocket 144 for further stabilization.
- ACL anterior cruciate ligament
- Suture 450 is wound around a spool 458 within the adjustable suture anchor 444 , extends out of the adjustable suture anchor 444 , and is attached to a tendon 150 of a muscle 132 through a puncture 152 by one or more knots 452 , for example, at the greater tubercle 148 of the humerus 138 .
- a permanent magnet 454 is rotatably held within the adjustable suture anchor 444 and is rotatably coupled to the spool 458 , for example via a gear module 456 . It may be desirable during and/or after surgery, to keep a muscle secured to a bone at a very specific range of tensions, so that healing is maximized and range of motion is optimized. Using the system 500 , the force may be measured, adjusted accordingly, at surgery, immediately after surgery, and during the healing period in the weeks after surgery).
- FIG. 32 illustrates an adjustable restriction device 462 having an adjustable ring 472 which is configured to be secured around a body duct 120 and closed with a closure or snap 474 .
- the adjustable restriction device 462 may be implanted in a laparoscopic surgery.
- a housing 464 having suture tabs 466 is secured to the patient, for example, by suturing though holes 468 in the suture tabs 466 to the patient's tissue, such as fascia of abdominal muscle.
- a magnet 478 which is rotationally coupled to a lead screw 482 .
- a nut 480 threadingly engages with the lead screw 482 and is also engaged with a tensile line 476 , which may comprise wire, for example Nitinol wire.
- the tensile line 476 passes through a protective sheath 470 and passes around the interior of a flexible jacket 484 that makes up the adjustable ring 472 .
- the flexible jacket 484 may be constructed of silicone, and may have a wavy shape 486 , that aids in its ability to constrict to a smaller diameter.
- the duct 120 is shown in cross-section at the edge of the adjustable ring 472 , in order to show the restricted interior 488 of the duct 120 .
- Certain gastrointestinal ducts including the stomach, esophagus, and small intestine may be adjustably restricted.
- Sphincters such as the anal and urethral sphincters may also be adjustably restricted.
- Blood vessels such as the pulmonary artery may also be adjustably restricted.
- an external adjustment device 700 , 502 is placed in proximity to the patient and the magnet 478 is non-invasively rotated.
- the rotation of the magnet 478 rotates the lead screw 482 , which, depending on the direction of rotation, either pulls the nut 480 toward the magnet 478 or pushes the nut away from the magnet 478 , thereby either increasing restriction or releasing restriction, respectively.
- restricted ducts may have complex geometries, their effective size is hard to characterize, even using three-dimensional imaging modalities, such as CT or Mill.
- the force of constriction on the duct may be a more accurate way of estimating the effective restriction.
- a stomach is restricted with a tangential force (akin to the tension on the tensile line 476 ) on the order of one pound.
- a fine lead screw having about 80 threads per inch, a fine adjustment of the nut 480 , and thus of the adjustable ring may be made.
- a gear module 490 between the magnet 478 and the lead screw 482 and even more precise adjustment may be made.
- the force may be measured, during adjustment, so that an “ideal restriction” may be returned to after changes occur in the patient (tissue growth, deformation, etc.).
- FIG. 34 illustrates an external adjustment device 1100 having one or more magnets 1106 , 1108 which may comprise permanent magnets or electromagnets, as described in other embodiments herein.
- one or more of the Hall effect sensors 534 , 538 , 540 may experience an undesired amount of saturation.
- An upper leg portion 1102 having a bone 1118 extending within muscle/fat 1116 and skin 1104 is shown in FIG. 34 .
- An implant 1110 such as a limb lengthening implant, having a magnet 1010 is placed within the medullary canal of the bone 1118 .
- the external adjustment device 1100 includes one or more Hall effect sensors 597 , 599 spaced from the one or more magnets 1106 , 1108 .
- the one or more Hall effect sensors 597 , 599 may be electrically coupled to the external adjustment device 1100 directly or remotely.
- the one or more Hall effect sensors 597 , 599 may be mechanically attached to the external adjustment device 1100 , or may be attachable to the body of the patient, for example to the upper leg portion 1102 .
- Distances B and C may each range between about 5 cm and 15 cm, between about 7 cm and 11 cm, or between about 8 cm and 10 cm.
- one or both of the Hall effect sensors 597 , 599 may include a shield 1112 , 1114 , such as a plate.
- the shield may comprise iron or MuMETAL®, (Magnetic Shield Corporation, Bensenville, Ill., USA).
- the shield may be shaped or oriented in a manner such that it is not between the particular Hall effect sensor 597 , 599 and the magnet 1010 , but is between the particular Hall effect sensor 597 , 599 and the one or more magnets 1106 , 1108 .
- the Hall effect sensors 597 , 599 may each be used to acquire a differential voltage, as described in relation to the other Hall effect sensors 534 , 538 , 540 . Larger distances between that the Hall effect sensors 597 , 599 and the one or more magnets 1106 , 1108 can advantageously minimize the amount of saturation due to the magnets 1106 , 1108 . Additionally, the shield 1112 , 1114 can significantly minimize the amount of saturation.
Abstract
Description
- This application is a divisional of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/698,665, filed Apr. 28, 2015, which claims the benefit of priority from U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/985,406, filed Apr. 28, 2014, the entire contents of which is hereby expressly incorporated by reference into this disclosure as if set forth in its entirety herein.
- Scoliosis is a general term for the sideways (lateral) curving of the spine, usually in the thoracic or thoracolumbar region. Scoliosis is commonly broken up into different treatment groups, Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis, Early Onset Scoliosis and Adult Scoliosis.
- Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis (AIS) typically affects children between
ages 10 and 16, and becomes most severe during growth spurts that occur as the body is developing. One to two percent of children betweenages 10 and 16 have some amount of scoliosis. Of every 1000 children, two to five develop curves that are serious enough to require treatment. The degree of scoliosis is typically described by the Cobb angle, which is determined, usually from x-ray images, by taking the most tilted vertebrae above and below the apex of the curved portion and measuring the angle between intersecting lines drawn perpendicular to the top of the top vertebra and the bottom of the bottom vertebra. The term idiopathic refers to the fact that the exact cause of this curvature is unknown. Some have speculated that scoliosis occurs during rapid growth phases when the ligamentum flavum of the spine is too tight and hinders symmetric growth of the spine. For example, as the anterior portion of the spine elongates faster than the posterior portion, the thoracic spine begins to straighten, until it curves laterally, often with an accompanying rotation. In more severe cases, this rotation actually creates a noticeable deformity, in which one shoulder is lower than the other. Currently, many school districts perform external visual assessment of spines, for example in all fifth grade students. For those students in whom an “S” shape or “C” shape is identified, instead of an “I” shape, a recommendation is given to have the spine examined by a physician, and commonly followed-up with periodic spinal x-rays. - Typically, patients with a Cobb angle of 20° or less are not treated, but are periodically monitored, often with subsequent x-rays. Patients with a Cobb angle of 40° or greater are usually recommended for fusion surgery. It should be noted that many patients do not receive this spinal assessment, for numerous reasons. Many school districts do not perform this assessment, and many children do not regularly visit a physician. So, the curve often progresses rapidly and severely. There is a large population of grown adults with untreated scoliosis, in extreme cases with a Cobb angle as high as or greater than 90°. Many of these adults, though, do not experience pain associated with this deformity, and live relatively normal lives, though oftentimes with restricted mobility and motion, In AIS, the ratio of females to males for curves under 10° is about one to one. However, at angles above 30°, females outnumber males by as much as eight to one. Fusion surgery can be performed on AIS patients or on adult scoliosis patients. In a typical posterior fusion surgery, an incision is made down the length of the back and Titanium or stainless steel straightening rods are placed along the curved portion of the spine. These rods are typically secured to the vertebral bodies, for example with hooks or bone screws (e.g., pedicle screws) in a manner that allows the spine to be straightened. Usually the intervertebral disks are removed and bone graft material is placed to create the fusion. If this is autologous material, the bone graft material is harvested from the patient's hip via a separate incision.
- Alternatively, the fusion surgery may be performed anteriorly. Lateral and anterior incisions are made for access. Usually, one of the lungs is deflated in order to allow access to the spine. In a less-invasive version of the anterior procedure, instead of a single long incision, approximately five incisions, each about three to four cm long, are made in the intercostal spaces (between the ribs) on one side of the patient. In one version of this minimally invasive surgery, tethers and bone screws are placed and secured to the vertebra on the anterior convex portion of the curve. Clinical trials are being performed that use staples in place of the tether/screw combination. One advantage of this surgery, by comparison to the posterior approach is that the scars from the incisions are not as dramatic, though they are still located in a frequently visible area, (for example when a bathing suit is worn). Staples have experienced difficulty in clinical trials as they tend to pull out of the bone when a critical stress level is reached.
- In some cases, after surgery, the patient will wear a protective brace for a few months as the fusing process occurs. Once the patient reaches spinal maturity, it is difficult to remove the rods and associated hardware in a subsequent surgery as the fusion of the vertebra usually incorporates the rods themselves. Standard practice is to leave the implants in for life. With either of these two surgical methods, after fusion, the patient's spine is straight, but depending on how many vertebrae were fused, there are often limitations in the degree of spinal flexibility, both in bending and twisting. As fused patients mature, the fused section can impart large stresses on the adjacent non-fused vertebra, and often other problems, including pain, can occur in these areas, sometimes necessitating further surgery. This tends to be in the lumbar portion of the spine that is prone to problems in aging patients. Many physicians are now interested in fusionless surgery for scoliosis, which may be able to eliminate some of the drawbacks of fusion.
- One group of patients in which the spine is especially dynamic is the subset known as Early Onset Scoliosis (EOS), which typically occurs in children before the age of five, and more often in boys than in girls. While this is a comparatively uncommon condition, occurring in only about one or two out of 10,000 children, it can be severe, affecting the normal development of internal organs. Because of the fact that the spines of these children will still grow a large amount after treatment, non-fusion distraction devices known as growing rods and a device known as the VEPTR—Vertical Expandable Prosthetic Titanium Rib (“Titanium Rib”) have been developed. These devices are typically adjusted approximately every six months, to match the child's growth, until the child is at least eight years old, sometimes until they are 15 years old. Each adjustment requires a surgical incision to access the adjustable portion of the device. Because the patients may receive the device at an age as young as six months, this treatment may require a large number of surgeries thereby increasing the likelihood of infection for these patients.
- The treatment methodology for AIS patients with a Cobb angle between 20° and 40° is controversial. Many physicians prescribe a brace (for example, the Boston Brace), that the patient must wear on their body and under their
clothes 18 to 23 hours a day until they become skeletally mature, for example until age 16. Because these patients are all passing through their socially demanding adolescent years, it may be a serious prospect to be forced with the choice of: 1) either wearing a somewhat bulky brace that covers most of the upper body; 2) having fusion surgery that may leave large scars and also limit motion; 3) or doing nothing and running the risk of becoming disfigured and and/or disabled. It is commonly known that patients have hidden their braces, (in order to escape any related embarrassment) for example, in a bush outside of school. Patient compliance with braces has been so problematic that special braces have been designed to sense the body of the patient, and monitor the amount of time per day that the brace is worn. Even so, patients have been known to place objects into unworn braces of this type in order to fool the sensor. In addition with inconsistent patient compliance, many physicians believe that, even when used properly, braces are not effective in curing scoliosis. These physicians may agree that bracing can possibly slow, or even temporarily stop, curve (Cobb angle) progression, but they have noted that the scoliosis progresses rapidly, to a Cobb angle more severe than it was at the beginning of treatment, as soon as the treatment period ends and the brace is no longer worn. Some believe braces to be ineffective because they work only on a portion of the torso, rather than on the entire spine. A prospective, randomized 500 patient clinical trial known as BrAIST (Bracing in Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis Trial) is currently enrolling patients. 50% of the patients will be treated using a brace and 50% will simply be monitored. The Cobb angle data will be measured continually up until skeletal maturity, or until a Cobb angle of 50° is reached. Patients who reach a Cobb angle of 50° will likely undergo corrective surgery. Many physicians believe that the BrAIST trial will establish that braces are ineffective. If this is the case, uncertainty regarding how to treat AIS patients having a Cobb angle between 20° and 40° will only become more pronounced. It should be noted that the “20° to 40°” patient population is as much as ten times larger than the “40° and greater” patient population. - Distraction osteogenesis, also known as distraction callotasis and osteodistraction has been used successfully to lengthen long bones of the body. Typically, the bone, if not already fractured, is purposely fractured by means of a corticotomy, and the two segments of bone are gradually distracted apart, thereby allowing new bone to form in the gap. If the distraction rate is too high, there is a risk of nonunion, if the rate is too low, there is a risk that the two segments will completely fuse to each other before the distraction is complete. When the desired length of the bone is achieved using this process, the bone is allowed to consolidate. Distraction osteogenesis applications are mainly focused on the growth of the femur or tibia, but may also osteogenesis is mainly applied to growth of the femur or tibia, but may also include the humerus, the jaw bone (micrognathia), or other bones. Reasons for lengthening or growing bones are multifold and include, but are not limited to: post osteosarcoma bone cancer; cosmetic lengthening (both legs-femur and/or tibia) in short stature or dwarfism/achondroplasia; lengthening of one limb to match the other (congenital, post-trauma, post-skeletal disorder, prosthetic knee joint); and nonunions.
- Distraction osteogenesis using external fixators has been done for many years, but the external fixator can be unwieldy for the patient. It can also be painful, and the patient is subject to the risk of pin track infections, joint stiffness, loss of appetite, depression, cartilage damage and other side effects. Haying the external fixator in place also delays the beginning of rehabilitation.
- In response to the shortcomings of external fixator distraction, intramedullary distraction nails have been surgically implanted which are contained entirely within the bone. Some are automatically lengthened via repeated rotation of the patient's limb, which can sometimes be painful to the patient and can often proceed in an uncontrolled fashion. This therefore makes it difficult to follow a strict daily or weekly lengthening regime that avoids nonunion (if too fast) or early consolidation (if too slow). Lower limb distraction may be about one mm per day. Other intramedullary nails have been developed which have an implanted motor that is remotely controlled by an antenna. These devices are designed to be lengthened in a controlled manner, but due to their complexity may not be manufacturable as an affordable commercial product. Others have proposed intramedullary distractors containing an implanted magnet that allows the distraction to be driven electromagnetically by an external stator. Because of the complexity and size of the external stator, this technology has not been reduced to a simple, cost-effective device that can be taken home, to allow patients to do daily lengthenings. Non-invasively (magnetically) adjustable implantable distraction devices have been developed and use clinically in both scoliosis patients and in limb lengthening patients.
- Knee osteoarthritis is a degenerative disease of the knee joint that affects a large number of patients, particularly over the age of 40. The prevalence of this disease has increased significantly over the last several decades, attributed partially, but not completely, to the rising age of the population and the increase in obesity. The increase may also be due partially to an increasing number of highly active people within the population. Knee osteoarthritis is caused mainly by long term stresses on the knee that degrade the cartilage covering the articulating surfaces of the bones in the knee joint. Oftentimes, the problem becomes worse after a particular trauma event, but it can also be a hereditary process. Symptoms may include pain, stiffness, reduced range of motion, swelling, deformity, muscle weakness, and several others. Osteoarthritis may include one or more of the three compartments of the knee: the medial compartment of the tibiofemoral joint, the lateral compartment of the tibiofemoral joint, and the patellofemoral joint. In severe cases, partial or total replacement of the knee is performed in order to replace the degraded/diseased portions with new weight bearing surfaces for the knee. These implants are typically made from implant grade plastics, metals, or ceramics. Replacement operations may involve significant post-operative pain and require substantial physical therapy. The recovery period may last weeks or months. Several potential complications of this surgery exist, including deep venous thrombosis, loss of motion, infection and bone fracture. After recovery, surgical patients who have received uni-compartmental or total knee replacement must significantly reduce their activity, removing running and high energy sports completely from their lifestyle.
- For these reasons, surgeons may attempt to intervene early in order to delay or even preclude knee replacement surgery. Osteotomy surgeries may be performed on the femur or tibia to change the angle between the femur and tibia, thereby adjusting the stresses on the different portions of the knee joint. In closed wedge and closing wedge osteotomy, an angled wedge of bone is removed and the remaining surfaces are fused together to create a new, improved bone angle. In open wedge osteotomy, a cut is made in the bone and the edges of the cut are opened, creating a new angle. Bone graft is often used to fill in the new opened wedge-shaped space, and, often, a plate is attached to the bone with bone screws. Obtaining the correct angle during either of these types of osteotomy is almost always difficult, and even if the result is close to what was desired, there can be a subsequent loss of the correction angle. Other complications experienced with this technique may include nonunion and material failure.
- In addition to the many different types of implantable distraction devices that are configured to be non-invasively adjusted, implantable non-invasively adjustable non-distraction devices have also been envisioned, for example, adjustable restriction devices for gastrointestinal disorders such as GERD, obesity, or sphincter laxity (such as in fecal incontinence), or other disorders such as sphincter laxity in urinary incontinence. These devices too may incorporate magnets to enable the non-invasive adjustment.
- In some embodiments, a remote control for adjusting a medical implant includes a driver, at least one sensor, and an output. The driver is configured to transmit a wireless drive signal to adjust an implanted medical implant. Adjustment of the medical implant includes one or more of generating a force with the medical implant and changing a dimension of the medical implant. The at least one sensor is configured to sense a response of the implant to the drive signal. The output is configured to report one or more of a force generated by the medical implant and a change in dimension of the medical implant, in response to the drive signal. In some embodiments, the output is a visual output (e.g., a display), an audio output (e.g., a speaker, alarm), a USB output, a Bluetooth output, a solid state memory output (e.g., any removable or readable solid state memory), etc,
- In some embodiments, a medical implant for wireless adjustment of a dimension within a body includes a first portion that is configured for coupling to a first location in the body, a second portion that is configured for coupling to a second location in the body, and a magnetic drive that is configured to adjust a relative distance between the first portion and the second portion. The magnetic drive includes at least one driven magnet and is configured to revolve about an axis in response to a magnetic field imposed by a rotatable driver magnet outside of the body. The implant is configured to transmit a signal indicative of the responsiveness of the driven magnet to movement of the driver magnet, wherein a change in the responsiveness is indicative of a change in a force applied by the body to the first and second connectors.
-
FIG. 1 illustrates one embodiment of an external adjustment device. -
FIG. 2 illustrates a detailed view of the display and control panel of the external adjustment device ofFIG. 1 . -
FIG. 3 illustrates the lower or underside surfaces of the external adjustment device ofFIG. 1 . -
FIG. 4 illustrates a sectional view of the external adjustment device ofFIG. 3 taken along line 4-4 ofFIG. 3 . -
FIG. 5 illustrates a sectional view of the external adjustment device ofFIG. 3 taken along line 5-5 ofFIG. 3 . -
FIG. 6 illustrates an orientation of magnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device in relation to a magnet of a distraction device. -
FIG. 7 illustrates various sensors on a circuit board of one embodiment of the external adjustment device. -
FIG. 8 illustrates various Hall effect sensors on a circuit board of one embodiment of the external adjustment device. -
FIG. 9A illustrates a particular configuration of Hall effect sensors relating to the magnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device. -
FIG. 9B illustrates output voltage of the Hall effect sensors ofFIG. 9A . -
FIG. 9C illustrates the Hall effect sensors ofFIG. 9A , with the magnets in a nonsynchronous condition. -
FIG. 9D illustrates the output voltage of the Hall effect sensors ofFIG. 9C . -
FIG. 10A illustrates a configuration of Hall effect sensors relating to the magnets of one embodiment. -
FIG. 10B illustrates the output voltage of the Hall effect sensors ofFIG. 10A . -
FIG. 11 illustrates a magnetic flux density plot of external magnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device and the internal permanent magnet. -
FIG. 12A illustrates a section view of external magnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device and the internal permanent magnet during positioning of the external adjustment device. -
FIG. 12B illustrates a side view of external magnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device and the internal permanent magnet during positioning of the external adjustment device. -
FIG. 12C illustrates a top view of external magnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device and the internal permanent magnet during positioning of the external adjustment device. -
FIG. 13A illustrates a zero torque condition between external magnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device and the internal permanent magnet. -
FIG. 13B illustrates magnetic coupling between external magnets of one embodiment an external adjustment device and the internal permanent magnet. -
FIG. 13C illustrates continued rotation with increasing coupling torque between external magnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device and the internal permanent magnet. -
FIG. 13D illustrates slippage between external magnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device and the internal permanent magnet. -
FIG. 14 is an internal view of one embodiment of an external adjustment device having an array of magnetic sensors. -
FIG. 15 is a circuit board containing magnetic sensors. -
FIG. 16 is a front view of one embodiment of an external adjustment device having an array of magnetic sensors. -
FIG. 17 is a front view of an arrangement of magnetic sensors in relation to external magnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device and an internal permanent magnet. -
FIG. 18 is a sectional view of the arrangement of magnetic sensors ofFIG. 17 taken alongline 18. -
FIG. 19 is a diagram of one embodiment of an external adjustment device of a system for adjusting an adjustable implant -
FIG. 20 is a diagram of the logic sequence for one embodiment of an external adjustment device of a system for adjusting an adjustable implant. -
FIG. 21 is a user interface for one embodiment of an external adjustment device of a system for adjusting an adjustable implant. -
FIG. 22 is a graph of voltage over a series of gap distances. -
FIG. 23 is a graph of maximum possible distraction force over a series of gap distances. -
FIG. 24 is a graph of actual force for several voltage differentials. -
FIG. 25 is a graph of differential voltages of pairs of magnetic sensors. -
FIG. 26 illustrates an embodiment of an adjustable implant for adjusting length of or force on a spine. -
FIG. 27 is an embodiment of an adjustable implant for adjusting the distance or force between sections of bone. -
FIG. 28 is an embodiment of an adjustable implant for adjusting a rotational angle or torque between sections of bone. -
FIG. 29 is an embodiment of an adjustable implant for adjusting an angle or force between sections of bone. -
FIG. 30 is an embodiment of an adjustable implant for adjusting an angle or force between sections of bone. -
FIG. 31 is an embodiment of an adjustable implant for adjusting a location or force (tension) on body tissue. -
FIG. 32 is an embodiment of an adjustable implant for adjusting restriction on a duct of the body. -
FIG. 33 is a front view of an arrangement of magnetic sensors in relation to one or more external electromagnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device and an internal permanent magnet. -
FIG. 34 is a partial sectional view of an array of magnetic sensors in relation to external magnets of one embodiment of an external adjustment device and an internal permanent magnet. -
FIGS. 1-3 illustrate anexternal adjustment device 700 that is configured for adjusting an adjustable implant, such as a force-applying device, more specifically represented by (though not limited to) adistraction device 1000. Thedistraction device 1000 may include any number of distraction, or generally, adjustable force-applying devices such as those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,862,502, 7,955,357, 8,197,490, 8,449,543, and 8,852,187, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety, and/or U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/121,355 (US Pat. Pub. US20090112262 A1), Ser. No. 12/411,107 (US Pat. Pub. US20090248148 A1), Ser. No. 12/250,442 (US Pat. Pub. US20100094302 A1), Ser. No. 12/761,141 (U.S. Pat. No. 9,622,792), Ser. No. 13/198,571 (U.S. Pat. No. 8,734,488), Ser. No. 13/655,246 (U.S. Pat. No. 9,044,281), Ser. No. 14/065,342 (US Pat. Pub. US20140155946 A1), Ser. No. 13/791,430 (U.S. Pat. No. 9,179,938), Ser. No. 14/355,202 (U.S. Pat. No. 10,016,220), Ser. No. 14/447,391 (U.S. Pat. No. 10,226,242), and Ser. No. 14/511,084 (U.S. Pat. No. 10,751,094), the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. Thedistraction device 1000 generally includes a rotationally mounted, internalpermanent magnet 1010 that rotates in response to a magnetic field applied by theexternal adjustment device 700. Rotation of themagnet 1010 in one direction causes distraction of thedevice 1000 while rotation of themagnet 1010 in the opposite direction causes retraction of thedevice 1000. Retraction of thedevice 1000 may generate compressive force while distraction of thedevice 1000 may generate tensile forces. Theexternal adjustment device 700 may be powered by a rechargeable battery or by apower cord 711. Theexternal adjustment device 700 includes afirst handle 702 and asecond handle 704. Thesecond handle 704 is in a looped shape, and can be used to carry theexternal adjustment device 700 and/or steady theexternal adjustment device 700 during use. Thefirst handle 702 extends linearly from a first end of theexternal adjustment device 700 while thesecond handle 704 is located at a second end of theexternal adjustment device 700 and extends substantially off axis or is angled with respect to thefirst handle 702. In one embodiment, thesecond handle 704 may be oriented substantially perpendicular relative to thefirst handle 702, although other arrangements are possible. - The
first handle 702 contains amotor 705 that drives a firstexternal magnet 706 and a secondexternal magnet 708, best seen inFIG. 3 , via gearing, belts or the like. On thefirst handle 702 is anoptional orientation image 804 comprising abody outline 806 and anoptional orientation arrow 808 that shows the correct direction to place theexternal adjustment device 700 on the patient's body, so that the distraction device is operated in the correct direction. While holding thefirst handle 702, the operator presses with his thumb thedistraction button 722, which has adistraction symbol 717 and is a first color (e.g., green). This distracts thedistraction device 1000. If thedistraction device 1000 is over-distracted and it is desired to retract, or to lessen the distraction of thedevice 1000, the operator presses with his thumb theretraction button 724 which has aretraction symbol 719. - Distraction turns the
magnets magnets Magnets stripes 809 that can be seen inwindow 811. This allows easy identification of whether themagnets distraction device 1000 is implanted, and then place theexternal adjustment device 700 in a correct location with respect to thedistraction device 1000 by marking the corresponding portion of the skin of the patient, and then viewing this spot through analignment window 716 of theexternal adjustment device 700. -
FIG. 2 illustrates acontrol panel 812 that includesseveral buttons display 715. Thebuttons buttons distraction device 1000, thetarget distraction length 830 is adjusted using anincrease button 814 and/or adecrease button 816. The legend with a green plus sign graphic 822 corresponds to theincrease button 814 and the legend with a red negative sign graphic 824 corresponds to thedecrease button 816. It should be understood that mention herein to a specific color used for a particular feature should be viewed as illustrative. Colors other than those specifically recited herein may be used in connection with the inventive concepts described herein. Each time theincrease button 814 is depressed, it causes thetarget distraction length 830 to increase by 0.1 mm. In the same way each time thedecrease button 816 is depressed, it causes thetarget distraction length 830 to decrease by 0.1 mm Decrements/increments other than 0.1 mm could also be used. When the desiredtarget distraction length 830 is displayed, and theexternal adjustment device 700 is placed on the patient, the operator holds down thedistraction button 722, and theExternal Distraction Device 700 turnsmagnets target distraction length 830 is achieved (at which point theexternal adjustment device 700 stops). During the distraction process, theactual distraction length 832 is displayed, starting at 0.0 mm and increasing/decreasing until thetarget distraction length 830 is achieved. As theactual distraction length 832 increases/decreases, a distraction progress graphic 834 is displayed. For example a lightcolored box 833 that fills with a dark color from the left to the right. InFIG. 2 , thetarget distraction length 830 is 3.5 mm, 2.1 mm of distraction has occurred, and 60% of thebox 833 of the distraction progress graphic 834 is displayed. Areset button 818 corresponding to a reset graphic 826 can be pressed to reset one or both of the numbers back to zero. Anadditional button 820 can be assigned for other functions (e.g., help, data, etc.). This button can have its own corresponding graphic 828 (shown inFIG. 2 as “?”). Alternatively, a touch screen can be used, for example capacitive or resistive touch keys. In this embodiment, the graphics/legends buttons buttons buttons external adjustment device 700 to a user. -
Handles first handle 702 can be held with palm facing up while trying to find the location on the patient of the implanted magnet of thedistraction device 1000. The fingers are wrapped around thehandle 702 and the fingertips or mid-points of the four fingers press up slightly on thehandle 702, balancing it somewhat. This allows a very sensitive feel that allows the magnetic field between the magnet in thedistraction device 1000 and themagnets external adjustment device 700 to be more apparent. During the distraction, thefirst handle 702 may be held with the palm facing down, allowing the operator to push thedevice 700 down firmly onto the patient, to minimize the distance between themagnets external adjustment device 700 and themagnet 1010 of thedistraction device 1000, and thus maximizing the torque coupling. This is especially appropriate if the patient is large or overweight. Thesecond handle 704 may be held with the palm up or the palm down during the magnet sensing operation and the distraction operation, depending on the preference of the operator. -
FIG. 3 illustrates the underside, or lower surface, of theexternal adjustment device 700. At the bottom of theexternal adjustment device 700, thecontact surface 836 may be made of material of a soft durometer, such as an elastomeric material, for example PEBAX® (Arkema, Inc., Torrance, Calif., USA) or Polyurethane. This allows for anti-shock to protect thedevice 700 if it is dropped. Also, if placing the device on patient's bare skin, materials of this nature do not pull heat away from patient as quickly as some other materials; hence, they “don't feel as cold” as hard plastic or metal. Thehandles -
FIG. 3 also illustrates child-friendly graphics 837, including the option of a smiley face. Alternatively this could be an animal face, such as a teddy bear, a horsey, or a bunny rabbit. A set of multiple faces can be removable and interchangeable to match the likes of various young patients. In addition, the location of the faces on the underside of the device allows the operator to show the faces to a younger child, but keep it hidden from an older child, who may not be so amused. Alternatively, sock puppets or decorative covers featuring human, animal, or other characters may be produced so that the device may be thinly covered with them, without affecting the operation of the device, but additionally, the puppets or covers may be given to the young patient after a distraction procedure is performed. It is expected that this can help keep a young child more interested in returning to future procedures. -
FIGS. 4 and 5 are sectional views of theexternal adjustment device 700 shown inFIG. 3 , which illustrate the internal components of theexternal adjustment device 700 taken along various centerlines.FIG. 4 is a sectional view of theexternal adjustment device 700 taken along the line 4-4 ofFIG. 3 .FIG. 5 is a sectional view of theexternal adjustment device 700 taken along the line 5-5 ofFIG. 3 . Theexternal adjustment device 700 comprises afirst housing 868, asecond housing 838 and acentral magnet section 725. First handle 702 andsecond handle 704 include grip 703 (shown on first handle 702).Grip 703 may be made of an elastomeric material and may have a soft feel when gripped by the hand. The material may also have a tacky feel, in order to aid firm gripping. Power is supplied viapower cord 711, which is held tosecond housing 838 with astrain relief 844.Wires 727 connect various electroniccomponents including motor 840, which rotatesmagnets gear box 842,output gear 848, andcenter gear 870 respectively.Center gear 870 rotates two magnet gears 852, one on eachmagnet 706, 708 (onesuch gear 852 is illustrated inFIG. 5 ).Output gear 848 is attached to motor output viacoupling 850, and both motor 840 andoutput gear 848 are secured tosecond housing 838 viamount 846.Magnets bearings Motor 840 is controlled by motor printed circuit board (PCB) 854, while the display is controlled bydisplay PCB 866, which is attached to frame 864. -
FIG. 6 illustrates the orientation of poles of the first and secondexternal magnets magnet 1010 of thedistraction device 1000 during a distraction procedure. For the sake of description, the orientations will be described in relation to the numbers on a clock. Firstexternal magnet 706 is turned (by gearing, belts, etc.) synchronously with secondexternal magnet 708 so thatnorth pole 902 of firstexternal magnet 706 is pointing in the twelve o'clock position when thesouth pole 904 of the secondexternal magnet 708 is pointing in the twelve o'clock position. At this orientation, therefore, thesouth pole 906 of the firstexternal magnet 706 is pointing is pointing in the six o'clock position while thenorth pole 908 of the secondexternal magnet 708 is pointing in the six o'clock position. Both firstexternal magnet 706 and secondexternal magnet 708 are turned in a first direction as illustrated byrespective arrows magnet 1010, causing it to rotate in a second direction as illustrated byarrow 918. Exemplary orientation of thenorth pole 1012 andsouth pole 1014 of the implantedmagnet 1010 during torque delivery are shown inFIG. 6 . When the first and secondexternal magnets magnet 1010 will be turned in the opposite direction from that shown. The orientation of the firstexternal magnet 706 and the secondexternal magnet 708 in relation to each other serves to optimize the torque delivery to the implantedmagnet 1010. During operation of theexternal adjustment device 700, it is often difficult to confirm that the twoexternal magnets - Turning to
FIGS. 7 and 8 , in order to ensure that theexternal adjustment device 700 is working properly, the motor printedcircuit board 854 comprises one or more encoder systems, forexample photointerrupters Hall effect sensors Photointerrupters striped ring 940 may be attached to one or both of theexternal magnets Light striped ring 940 andphotointerrupters - Independently,
Hall effect sensors external magnets FIG. 7 , it should be understood that fewer or more such sensors may be employed. The Hall effect sensors are connected to the motor printedcircuit board 854 at locations that allow the Hall effect sensors to sense the magnetic field changes as theexternal magnets Hall effect sensor FIG. 9A indicates one basic arrangement of Hall effect sensors relative tosensors 924. 938. A firstHall effect sensor 924 is located at nine o'clock in relation to firstexternal magnet 706. A secondHall effect sensor 938 is located at three o'clock in relation to secondexternal magnet 708, As themagnets first voltage output 940 of firstHall effect sensor 924 andsecond voltage output 942 of secondHall effect sensor 938 have the same pattern, as seen inFIG. 9B , which graphs voltage for a full rotation cycle of theexternal magnets first voltage output 940 and thesecond voltage output 942 over time. If either of the twoHall effect sensors external adjustment device 700, this demonstrates that the corresponding external magnet has stopped rotating.FIG. 9C illustrates a condition in which both theexternal magnets north poles first voltage output 940 andsecond voltage output 942 are out-of-phase, and exhibit a phase shift (.phi.). These signals are processed by a processor 915 (shown inFIG. 8 ) and an error warning is displayed on thedisplay 715 of theexternal adjustment device 700 so that the device may be resynchronized. - If independent stepper motors are used, the resynchronization process may simply be one of reprogramming, but if the two
external magnets FIG. 9A is illustrated inFIG. 10A . In this embodiment,Hall effect sensor 928 is located at twelve o'clock in relation toexternal magnet 706 andHall effect sensor 934 is located at twelve o'clock in relation toexternal magnet 708. With this configuration, thenorth pole 902 ofexternal magnet 706 should be pointing towardsHall effect sensor 928 when thesouth pole 904 ofexternal magnet 708 is pointing towardsHall effect sensor 934. With this arrangement,Hall effect sensor 928outputs output voltage 944 andHall effect sensor 934 outputs output voltage 946 (FIG. 10B ).Output voltage 944 is, by design, out of phase withoutput voltage 946. An advantage of the Hall effect sensor configuration ofFIG. 9A is that the each sensor has a larger distance between it and the opposite magnet (e.g.,Hall effect sensor 924 in comparison to external magnet 708) so that there is less possibility of interference. An advantage to the Hall effect sensor configuration ofFIG. 10A is that it may be possible to make a more compact external adjustment device 700 (less width). The out-of-phase pattern ofFIG. 10B can also be analyzed to confirm magnet synchronicity. - Returning to
FIGS. 7 and 8 , additionalHall effect sensors external magnets external adjustment device 700. Again, the particular number and orientation of Hall effect sensors may vary. In place of the Hall effect sensors, magnetoresistive encoders may also be used. - In still another embodiment, additional information may be processed by
processor 915 and may be displayed ondisplay 715. For example, distractions using theexternal adjustment device 700 may be performed in a doctor's office by medical personnel, or by patients or members of patient's family in the home. In either case, it may be desirable to store information from each distraction session to be accessed later. For example, the date and time of each distraction, the amount of distraction attempted, and the amount of distraction obtained. This information may be stored in theprocessor 915 or in one or more memory modules (not shown) associated with theprocessor 915. In addition, the physician may be able to input distraction length limits, for example the maximum amount that can be distracted in each session, the maximum amount that can be distracted per day, the maximum amount that can be distracted per week, etc. The physician may input these limits by using a secure entry using the keys or buttons of the device, which the patient will not be able to access. - Returning to
FIG. 1 , in some patients, it may be desired to place afirst end 1018 of thedistraction device 1000 towards the head of the patient, andsecond end 1020 of thedistraction device 1000 towards the feet of the patient. This orientation of thedistraction device 1000 may be termed antegrade. In other patients, it may be desired to orient thedistraction device 1000 with thesecond end 1020 of thedistraction device 1000 towards the head of the patient, and thefirst end 1018 of thedistraction device 1000 towards the feet of the patient. This orientation of thedistraction device 1000 may be termed retrograde. In adistraction device 1000 in which themagnet 1010 rotates in order to turn a screw within a nut, the orientation of thedistraction device 1000 being either antegrade or retrograde in patient could mean that theexternal adjustment device 700 would have to be placed in accordance with theorientation image 804 when thedistraction device 1000 is placed antegrade, but placed the opposite of theorientation image 804 when thedistraction device 1000 is placed retrograde. Software may be programmed so that theprocessor 915 recognizes whether thedistraction device 1000 has been implanted antegrade or retrograde, and then turns themagnets distraction button 722 is placed. - For example, the
motor 705 could be commanded to rotate themagnets distraction device 1000, and in a second, opposite direction when distracting a retrograde placeddistraction device 1000. The physician may, for example, be prompted by thedisplay 715 to input using thecontrol panel 812 whether thedistraction device 1000 was placed antegrade or retrograde. The patient may then continue to use the sameexternal adjustment device 700 to assure that themotor 705 turns themagnets FIG. 1 ), which can be read and written to by anantenna 1024 on theexternal adjustment device 700. The position of thedistraction device 1000 in the patient (antegrade or retrograde) can be written to theRFID chip 1022, and can thus be read by theantenna 1024 of anyexternal adjustment device 700, allowing the patient to receive correct distractions and/or retractions, regardless of whichexternal adjustment device 700 is used. -
FIG. 11 is a magneticflux density plot 100 of the magnetic field characteristics in the region surrounding the twoexternal magnets external adjustment device 700, and the internalpermanent magnet 1010 of thedistraction device 1000. For the purposes of this disclosure, any type of adjustable force-applying (or torque-applying) implant incorporating a rotatable magnet is contemplated as an alternative. In theflux density plot 100, a series offlux lines 110 are drawn as vectors, having orientation and magnitude, the magnitude represented by the length of the arrows. As theexternal magnets permanent magnet 1010 and are turned by the motor 840 (FIG. 4 ) causing the internalpermanent magnet 1010 to turn (as described in relation toFIG. 6 ), theflux lines 110 change considerably in magnitudes and orientation. Embodiments of the present invention use an array of magnetic sensors, such as Hall effect sensors, to receive information about the changing magnetic field characteristics and determine parameters which aid the use and function of theexternal adjustment device 700, and more importantly, of thedistraction device 1000 itself. The first parameter is the general proximity of theexternal magnets external adjustment device 700 to the internalpermanent magnet 1010 of thedistraction device 1000. It is desired that theexternal magnets external adjustment device 700 be placed close enough to the internalpermanent magnet 1010 of thedistraction device 1000 so that it will function. A goal of the system may be to maximize the torque that theexternal magnets distraction device 1000. The second parameter is an estimation of the distance between theexternal adjustment device 700 and thedistraction device 1000, particularly the distance between theexternal magnets external adjustment device 700 and the internalpermanent magnet 1010 of thedistraction device 1000. This distance estimation, as will be explained in greater detail, can be used in estimating the subsequent parameters. The third parameter is the estimated variable dimension of thedistraction device 1000, such as distraction length. On some types of adjustable implants, the variable dimension may be length. On other types of adjustable implants (for example, in a restriction device), the adjustable parameter may be diameter or circumference. The fourth parameter is distraction force. Distraction force may be a useful parameter in scoliosis, in particular because in growing patients increased tensile loads on the skeletal system can accelerate growth. This is known as the Heuter-Volkmann principle. Distraction force is also useful in clinical applications concerned with increasing the length of a bone, or changing the angle or rotational orientation of a bone. Again, depending on the implant, the fourth parameter may incorporate other forces, for example, compression force in an adjustable compression implant, for example in trauma applications, such as those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 8,852,187. In other medical applications using an adjustable medical implant, it may be useful to know the moment applied on a body part instead of, or as well as, the force applied. For example, in a scoliosis curve, an “un-bending moment” describes the moment placed by a distraction device on the curve to cause it to straighten. For a particular force value, this moment will vary, depending on how far the distraction device is located laterally from the apex of the scoliosis curve. If the lateral distance is known, for example via an X-ray image, the un-bending moment may be calculated from determining the force applied. - Determining the optimal positioning of the
external adjustment device 700 is not always possible. Of course, the implanteddistraction device 1000 is not visible to the operator of theexternal adjustment device 700, and using x-ray imaging to determine its exact location may be difficult, and undesirable due to the additional radiation. Even with an x-ray image that defines a location for the implanteddistraction device 1000, the placement of theexternal adjustment device 700 in a desired location adjacent the skin of the patient may be complicated by extreme curvature of the surface of the patient's body (for example, in scoliosis patients with significant deformity in the torso), or by varying thickness of muscle and fat around the skeletal system (for example circumferentially around the femur in a limb-lengthening patient).FIG. 12A shows, in Cartesian form, thecenterline 106 of theexternal adjustment device 700 aligned with the Y-axis and a gap G between a tangent 707 with the outer surface of theexternal adjustment device 700 and a tangent 709 with the outer surface of thedistraction device 1000. The distance betweenexternal magnets permanent magnet 1010 may be slightly larger than the gap G because of their locations within theexternal adjustment device 700 and thedistraction device 1000, respectively (i.e., the housings add slightly to gap G). As theexternal magnets permanent magnet 1010 of thedistraction device 1000, the distraction force that can be generated increases. A lateral offset in alignment is represented by Xo along the x-axis, between thecenterline 106 of theexternal adjustment device 700 and the center of the internalpermanent magnet 1010. In an embodiment wherein theexternal adjustment device 700 has only one external magnet, the lateral offset would be represented by the distance between the center of the external magnet and the center of the internalpermanent magnet 1010, along the x-axis. In many cases, a smaller Xo, allows a higher maximum possible distraction force. Also shown in dashed lines is anexternal adjustment device 700′ which has been tipped by an angle R1, causing theexternal magnet 706′ to be farther from the internalpermanent magnet 1010, than if R1 was close to zero. -
FIG. 12B is similar toFIG. 12A , butFIG. 12B shows a side view of theexternal adjustment device 700 and internalpermanent magnet 1010, with the z-axis left to right and the y-axis up and down. An axial offset Zo is drawn between the axial center of theexternal magnet 708 and the axial center of the internalpermanent magnet 1010. Also shown is an alternative configuration, withexternal magnet 708′ tipped at an angle R2. The axial offset Zo would tend to lower the maximum possible distraction force.FIG. 12C is a top view that shows a third tipped angle R3, between theexternal magnet 706 and the internalpermanent magnet 1010. Though in clinical use, R2 and R3 are almost always a non-zero magnitude, the larger they are, the lower the potential coupling torque, and therefore the lower the potential distraction force. -
FIGS. 13A through 13D illustrate a variance of magnetic couplings betweenexternal magnets permanent magnet 1010 during an adjustment procedure.FIG. 13A shows a zero torque condition, which may exist, for example, prior to initiating the rotation of theexternal magnets external adjustment device 700. As shown, thenorth pole 902 ofexternal magnet 706 is pointing in the positive y-direction and thesouth pole 906 ofexternal magnet 706 is pointing in the negative y-direction, while thesouth pole 904 of theexternal magnet 708 is pointing in the positive y-direction and thenorth pole 908 of theexternal magnet 708 is pointing in the negative y-direction. Thenorth pole 1011 of the internalpermanent magnet 1010 is attracted to thesouth pole 906 of theexternal magnet 706 and thus is held in substantially the negative x-direction, and thesouth pole 1013 of the internalpermanent magnet 1010 is attracted to thenorth pole 908 of theexternal magnet 708 and thus is held in the positive x direction. Allmagnets external adjustment device 700 is operated so that theexternal magnets FIG. 13B ), it is often the case that there is a nominal resistance torque on the mechanism that is rotatably holding the internalpermanent magnet 1010. For example, friction on pins or axles, or friction between the lead screw and the nut of the distraction mechanism. In this particular explanation, it is assumed that external adjustment device either has a singleexternal magnet 706, or has two or moreexternal magnets external magnet 706 for simplicity's sake. Asexternal magnet 706 is turned in a firstrotational direction 102, up until a first angle α1, it has not yet applied a large enough applied torque τA on the internalpermanent magnet 1010 to cause it to initiate rotation in a second oppositerotational direction 104. For example, when the applied torque τA is less than the static threshold resistance torque τST of the internalpermanent magnet 1010. However, when angle α1 is exceeded, the applied torque τA becomes greater than the static threshold torque τST of the internalpermanent magnet 1010, and thus the rotation of the internalpermanent magnet 1010 in the secondrotational direction 104 begins, and continues while theexternal magnet 706 rotates through angle α2. Thus, when theexternal magnet 706 reaches angle α (α=α1+α2), the internalpermanent magnet 1010 has rotated an angle β, wherein angle β is less than angle α. Angle β is less than or equal to angle α2. Angle β is less than angle α2 in cases where the dynamic resistance torque TDR increases as the internalpermanent magnet 1010 rotates through angle β. -
FIG. 13C illustrates the orientation of themagnets distraction device 1000 increases, because of increasing friction within the mechanisms of thedistraction device 1000, and can occur during the first rotation, or after several rotations. Thus, as seen inFIG. 13C , internalpermanent magnet 1010 has rotated a smaller additional amount than theexternal magnet 706. The term phase lag is used to describe the difference in rotational orientation between theexternal magnet 706 and the internalpermanent magnet 1010. As the dynamic resistance torque TDR increases, the phase lag increases. The phase lag between thenorth pole 902 of theexternal magnet 706 andnorth pole 1011 of the internalpermanent magnet 1010 in the zero torque condition illustrated inFIG. 13A would be defined as 90°. However, for the purposes of the embodiments of the present invention, phase lag is defined as being 0° at the zero torque condition ofFIG. 13A . Regardless of the method chosen to define phase lag, the important factor is the change in the phase lag over time (or over the number of rotations). As the dynamic resistance torque TDR increases even further, a point is reached wherein the dynamic resistance torque TDR becomes higher than the applied torque τA. This creates a slip condition (or stall condition) wherein the engaged poles of the external magnet(s) and the internal permanent magnet slip past each other, or lose their magnetic engagement. Thus theexternal magnets external adjustment device 700 are no longer able to cause the internalpermanent magnet 1010 to rotate. Just prior to slippage the phase lag can be as much as 90°. At the point of slippage, as the poles slip over each other, the internalpermanent magnet 1010 typically suddenly and quickly rotates backwards in rotational direction 102 (opposite therotational direction 104 that it had been turning) at some angle less than a full turn. This is shown inFIG. 13D . - An
intelligent adjustment system 500 is illustrated inFIG. 14 , and comprises anexternal adjustment device 502 having amagnetic sensor array 503 which is configured to adjust an adjustablemedical device 400 comprising afirst portion 404 and asecond portion 406, adjustable in relation to thefirst portion 404. The adjustablemedical device 400 is non-invasively adjustable, and contains a rotatablepermanent magnet 402, for example a radially-poled cylindrical permanent magnet. The adjustablemedical implant 400 is configured to apply an adjustable force within the body. Thepermanent magnet 402 may be rotationally coupled to alead screw 408 which is configured to engage with afemale thread 410 within thesecond portion 406, such that the rotation of thepermanent magnet 402 causes the rotation of thelead screw 408 within thefemale thread 410, thus moving thefirst portion 404 and thesecond portion 406 longitudinally with respect to each other. Thepermanent magnet 402 may be non-invasively rotated by applying a torque with one or more external magnets 510 (or 511 ofFIG. 16 ) of theexternal adjustment device 502. The adjustablemedical device 400 is configured for implantation within a patient, and as depicted, is further configured so that thefirst portion 404 may be coupled to the patient at a first location and thesecond portion 406 may be coupled to the patient at a second location. In some embodiments, the adjustablemedical device 400 may be non-invasively adjusted to increase a distraction force between the first location and the second location. In some embodiments, the adjustablemedical device 400 may be non-invasively adjusted to decrease a distraction force between the first location and the second location. In some embodiments, the adjustablemedical device 400 may be non-invasively adjusted to increase a compression force between the first location and the second location. In some embodiments, the adjustablemedical device 400 may be non-invasively adjusted to decrease a compression force between the first location and the second location. In some embodiments, the adjustablemedical device 400 may be non-invasively adjusted to perform two or more of these functions. Alternatively, the adjustable medical device may be a restriction device, configured to be adjusted to increase or decrease a diameter. For example, a diameter that at least partially restricts a body conduit, such as a blood vessel, a gastrointestinal tract or a urinary tract. In an embodiment of this nature, the movement of thefirst portion 406 in relation to thesecond portion 406 may increase or decrease traction or tension on a cable or tension member, which in turn causes the restriction (or increase, as the case may be) in diameter of the restriction device. - The
magnetic sensor array 503 may comprise twocircuit boards first circuit board 516 may be located in opposition to thesecond circuit board 518. For example, thefirst circuit board 516 may be located above and generally parallel to thesecond circuit board 518. Eachcircuit board subarray 520 ofmagnetic sensors FIG. 16 ) or even more external magnets may be disposed on theexternal adjustment device 502. InFIG. 14 , a secondexternal magnet 511 has been removed to show detail of themagnetic sensor array 503. Standoff blocks 526, 528 may be disposed on theexternal adjustment device 502 to hold the first andsecond circuit boards circuit board magnetic sensor array 503. The one or moreexternal magnets 510 are rotatably secured to abase 532, and may be covered with a stationarycylindrical magnet cover 530. It may be desired to rotatably secure the one or moreexternal magnets 510 to the base well enough so that they do not vibrate or rattle, thereby advantageously increasing the signal to noise ratio of the magnetic sensors and the overall effectiveness of thesensor array 503. - The
circuit boards FIG. 15 showscircuit board 516 in more detail. Five Hall effect sensors (HES) include aforward HES 534, aback HES 536, aleft HES 538, aright HES 540, and amiddle HES 542. InFIG. 14 circuit board 516 is shown having theeffect sensors circuit board 518 is shown having its Hall effect sensors extending downward (not visible inFIG. 14 ). In some embodiments, it may be advantageous to have the HES ofcircuit board 518 extending downward to minimize the distance between the Hall effect sensors and thepermanent magnet 402. In some embodiments,circuit board 518 may thus have a mirror image tocircuit board 516, so that theleft HES 538 ofcircuit board 516 is directly above the left HES ofcircuit board 518, etc. However, if the Hall effect sensor used for the left HES is identical to the Hall effect sensor used for the right HES, and the same for forward HES and back HES, the same circuit board may be used for bothcircuit boards - In some embodiments, the
Hall effect sensors circuit boards 516, 518 (i.e., one above the other) aids their use in differential mode, as will be described in regard toFIG. 17 . Because themiddle HES 542, in bothcircuit boards external magnets middle HES 542. For example, an A1324, produced by Allegro Microsystems LLC, Irvine, Calif., USA, which has a sensitivity of between about 4.75 and about 5.25 millivolts per Gauss (mV/G), or more particularly 5.0 mV/G, may be used. For the other Hall effect sensors (e.g., 534, 536, 538, 540), which are located closer to theexternal magnets - Turning to
FIG. 16 , the orientation of eachcircuit board external magnet external magnets external magnets FIG. 14 , exemplary sizes for thepermanent magnet 402 may include a diameter between about 6.35 mm (0.25 inches) and 8.89 mm (0.35 inches), between about 6.85 mm (0.27 inches) and 8.13 mm (0.32 inches), or about 7.11 mm (0.28 inches). Thepermanent magnet 402 may have a length of between about 1.27 cm (0.50 inches) and 3.81 cm (1.50 inches), between about 1.77 cm (0.70 inches) and 3.18 cm (1.25 inches), or about 1.85 cm (0.73 inches), or about 2.54 cm (1.00 inches). In a particular embodiment, thepermanent magnet 402 may be made from a rare earth material, such as Neodymium-Iron-Boron, for example using a grade greater higher N42, greater than N45, greater than N50, or about N52. - Turning again to
FIG. 16 , circuit board 516 (also called upper circuit board) may be located a distance Y.sub.1 from the center of theexternal magnets external magnets external adjustment device 502 may include adepression 544 between the twoexternal magnets external magnets permanent magnet 402. In some embodiments ofexternal adjustment devices 502 having twoexternal magnets external magnets - In
FIG. 17 a front view of the external adjustment device 502 (ofFIGS. 14 & 16 ) shows the pairs of Hall effect sensors that are coupled to the same differential amplifier. Theleft HES 538 ofcircuit board 516 is paired with theright HES 540 ofcircuit board 518. Theleft HES 538 ofcircuit board 518 is paired with theright HES 540 ofcircuit board 516. InFIG. 18 , theforward HES 534 ofcircuit board 516 is paired with theforward HES 534 ofcircuit board 518. Themiddle HES 542 ofcircuit board 516 is paired with themiddle HES 542 ofcircuit board 518. And, theback HES 536 ofcircuit board 516 is paired with theback HES 536 ofcircuit board 518. Dotted lines have been drawn in in bothFIGS. 17 and 18 to better illustrate the pairings. - In
FIG. 19 , anexternal adjustment device 502 having asensor array 503 and having at least oneexternal magnet 510 configured for rotation is powered by apower supply 504. This power supply 504 (or a separate power supply) powersdifferential amplifiers 505, to which the Hall effect sensors (534, 536, 538, 540, 542 ofFIGS. 17 and 18 ) are coupled. The at least oneexternal magnet 510 of theexternal adjustment device 502 is rotated (e.g., by amotor 840 ofFIG. 4 ) and magnetically couples to thepermanent magnet 402 of the adjustablemedical device 400. The coupling between the at least oneexternal magnet 510 and thepermanent magnet 402 may have variable coupling and torque characteristics (e.g., increasing dynamic resistance torque TDR) which cause a varying magnetic field represented by components (i.e., vectors) 512 and 514. It should be mentioned that it is still within the scope of the present invention that embodiments could be constructed so that the one or more rotatable external magnet(s) 510, 511 are one or more electromagnets, creating rotatable magnetic fields comparable to, for example, those created by two rotatable permanent magnets.FIG. 33 illustrates anexternal adjustment device 600 comprising twoelectromagnets external adjustment device 600 is otherwise similar to theexternal adjustment device 502 ofFIGS. 14-19 . Returning toFIG. 19 , a processor 506 (for example a microprocessor) processes signals from thedifferential amplifiers 505, and the resulting information is displayed on auser interface 508. -
FIG. 20 illustrates thesystem logic 200 within an intelligent adjustment system, (e.g., 500 ofFIG. 14 ) that allows it to take signals received by thesensor array 503 and determine or estimate: 1) the general proximity of theexternal magnets external adjustment device permanent magnet distraction device external adjustment device distraction device external magnets external adjustment device permanent magnet distraction device distraction device step 202 differential inputs from themiddle HES 542, leftHES 538, andright HES 540 are analyzed, with the maximum and minimum values (voltages) of each complete rotation cycle, thus instep 204, identifying the amplitude of the waveform of themiddle HES 542. This amplitude will be used during several subsequent functions programming 206 steps. Instep 208, rotational detection is performed. For example, in one embodiment, if the amplitude of the waveform is smaller than 4.2 Volts, then thepermanent magnet distraction device step 210, the general proximity of theexternal adjustment device permanent magnet distraction device external adjustment device permanent magnet external adjustment device external adjustment device permanent magnet distraction device - In
step 212, an estimation is done of the actual distance between theexternal adjustment device distraction device 1000, 400 (or between theexternal magnets permanent magnet 1010, 402). Empirical data and curve fit data are used to estimate this distance (gap G). For example, for one particular embodiment.FIG. 22 illustrates agraph 266 of empirical data obtained of voltage (V) for a series of gaps G. A curve fit generated the equation: -
V=286.71×G 1.095 - where V is voltage in Volts, and G is gap G in millimeters.
- Returning to
FIG. 20 , instep 214 the maximum distraction force at the current distance (gap G) is estimated based on empirical data and curve fit data. For example, for one particular embodiment,FIG. 23 illustrates agraph 268 of maximum possible force in pounds (lbs.) for a series of gaps G.A curve fit 272 generated the equation: -
F=0.0298×G 2−2.3262×G+60.591 - where F is Force in pounds (lbs.), and G is gap G in millimeters
- Returning to
FIG. 20 , in step 216 a real time estimate of distraction force is performed based on empirical data and curve fit data. For example, for one particular embodiment,FIG. 24 illustrates agraph 270 of estimated or actual distraction force in pounds (lbs.) over a range of voltage differentials. Acurve fit 274 generated the equation: -
F=0.006×V d 3−0.2168×V d 2+3.8129×V d+1.1936 - where F is Force in pounds (lbs.), and Vd is differential voltage in Volts.
- Returning to
FIG. 20 , a button may be pushed on auser interface 226, whenever a value for this force is desired, or it may be set to continually update. Instep 218, slippage between theexternal magnets permanent magnet step 222, the differential input between the left andright HES step 224, stall detection logic is run. In one embodiment, if the ratio between the maximum and minimum values of the waveform between two periods is larger than 0.77 Volts during a valid waveform period, and if it happens two times in a row, the slippage is detected (for example, between theleft HES 538 ofcircuit board 516 and theright HES 540 ofcircuit board 518 and/or between theright HES 40 ofcircuit board 516 and theleft HES 538 of circuit board 518). In one particular embodiment, if the current amplitude is 1.16 times (or more) larger than the previous current amplitude (or 1.16 times or more smaller), slippage is detected. In one embodiment, if the difference between the maximum index and the minimum index is smaller than 12 Volts, slippage is detected. If a stall is detected by the left andright HES alarm 228 may be sounded or lit.FIG. 25 illustrates agraph 276 of two differential voltages over time in an embodiment of the present invention. Differential voltage 286 (thin line) between themiddle HES pair 542 ofcircuit board circuit board 518 may be used to calculate many of the parameters. Thetriangular perturbation 290 is typically located within the cycle of thedifferential voltage 286. Changes in the amplitude of the triangular perturbation may represent, for example, slippage or may represent the changes in coupling torque. Differential voltage 288 (thick line) between side pairs (for example, between theleft HES 538 ofcircuit board 516 and theright HES 540 of circuit board 518) is used for confirmation of magnetic slippage.Perturbation 292 is typically located within the cycle of thedifferential voltage 288. Changes in the amplitude of theperturbation 292 may occur during magnetic slippage. - Returning to
FIG. 20 , instep 230, when a real time torque value is requested (for example, but pushing a button on the user interface 226), the voltage or amplitude of the waveform is recorded. Instep 220 the rotation cycles are counted (this occurs continuously). The distraction length is also counted. For example, in one embodiment, 0.32 mm of linear distraction occurs for every rotation of the internalpermanent magnet permanent magnet permanent magnet permanent magnet 1010, 402 (i.e., “rotations” can be a non-integer number and can be less than 1 or greater than 1). For example, in adistraction device FIG. 14 ) between the internalpermanent magnet lead screw 408, it may be desired to count the number of rotations of the internalpermanent magnet lead screw 408 rotates at a number of rotations per unit time that is 1/64 times that of the internalpermanent magnet system 500 may be the number of rotations of the internalpermanent magnet - In addition to the functions described that are possible with the
magnetic sensor array 503, it is possible to use themagnetic sensor array 503 in place of theHall effect sensors 924. 926, 928, 930, 932, 934, 936, 938 of the embodiments described in relation withFIGS. 7-10B in order to track rotation of the external magnet(s) 706, 708,510, 511. - One embodiment of a
user interface 226 for conveying information to the user and receiving inputs from the user is illustrated inFIG. 21 . Theuser interface 226 may comprise a graphic user interface (GUI) and may include a display and control buttons, or one or more touchscreens. The user interface may include an estimatedgap display 232, which tells the user the approximate distance (gap G) between theexternal adjustment device distraction device external magnets external adjustment device permanent magnet distraction device indicator 234 may light up, vibrate, or sound, depending on whether it is a visual (e.g., LED), tactile, or audio indicator. At this point, the user may initiate distraction/retraction of thedistraction device button 236 of theexternal adjustment device indicator 234 nor the “Start”button 236 may appear on theuser interface 226 until the gap G is determined to be within an acceptable level, and only then the “Start”button 236 will be displayed on theuser interface 226. For example, in one embodiment, an acceptable gap G is a distance below which a coupling may be generated between theexternal magnets external adjustment device permanent magnet distraction device system 500 may be set to not function, for example, in order to protect components of body tissue from forces or torques that are too large. This feature may function based on data such as that fromFIG. 22 . A maximumpossible force display 240 may indicate the expected maximum possible force at the current condition (i.e., gap G), either graphically as shown, or with the display of a number, for example, from the data such as that ofFIG. 23 . - If the “Start”
button 236 is pressed and theexternal adjustment device distraction device system 500 will begin counting the revolutions of the internalpermanent magnet distraction length display 238. An estimated force oractual force display 242 may show the current distraction force (or compression force or other force). This may be updated at any range of update rates. Alternatively, it may be updated only when the user presses a “Determine Force”button 244. If slippage between themagnets permanent magnet 402 or betweenmagnets permanent magnet 1010 is detected, a “Not Lengthening”indicator 250 may light up, vibrate, or sound, depending on whether it is a visual (e.g., LED), tactile, or audio indicator. If at any time any significant event occurs for which user should be notified, analarm 246 may light up, vibrate, or sound, depending on whether it is a visual (e.g., LED), tactile or audio indicator. Such events may include reaching too high of a force, or reaching the limit of thedistraction device data input module 248 may be used to input data, for example the starting distraction length of thedistraction device system 500, the user may press a “Stop”button 252 to stop all activity. Agraph 254 may be included on theuser interface 226, for example showing the maximumpossible force 256 and theactual force 258 over time.Shifts 260 of the maximumpossible force 256 over time may be caused by the gap G changing due to the user applying more or less pressure on theexternal adjustment device actual distraction force 258 may include a ramp up 262, as thedistraction device permanent magnet external magnet 706. - The
system 500 may have limits that shut down the system if the voltage values demonstrate that the device is being used improperly. Reference above toexternal magnets external magnets external adjustment device 502 backwards, and/or to run theexternal magnets permanent magnets distraction device 1000 andadjustable device 400, andexternal adjustment devices - Several embodiments of adjustable implants configured for use with the
system 500 are illustrated inFIGS. 26-32 . The adjustablespinal implant 300 ofFIG. 26 , is secured to aspine 280 havingvertebrae 282 andintervertebral discs 284. Afirst end 312 is secured to a portion of thespine 280, for example, to afirst vertebra 316 with apedicle screw 318. Asecond end 314 is secured to a portion of thespine 280, for example, to asecond vertebra 320 with apedicle screw 322. Alternatively, hooks, wires or other anchoring systems may be used to secure the adjustablespinal implant 300 to thespine 280. Many different portions of the vertebrae may be used to secure theadjustable spine implant 300. For example, the pedicle, the spinous process, the transverse process(es), the lamina, and the vertebral body, for example in an anteriorly placed adjustablespinal implant 300. The adjustablespinal implant 300 may alternatively be secured at either or both ends to ribs, or ilium. The adjustablespinal implant 300 comprises afirst portion 301 and asecond portion 302. Thefirst portion 301 includes ahollow housing 324 and thesecond portion 302 includes arod 326 which is axially extendable in both directions, and which is telescopically contained within thehollow housing 324. Apermanent magnet 304 is contained within thehollow housing 324, and is configured for rotation. Thepermanent magnet 304 is coupled to alead screw 306 via anintermediate gear module 310. Thegear module 310 may be eliminated in some embodiments, with thepermanent magnet 304 directly connected to thelead screw 306. In either embodiment, rotation of the permanent magnet 304 (for example, including by application of an externally applied moving magnetic field of anexternal adjustment device 700, 502) causes rotation of the lead screw 306 (either at the same rotational velocity or at a different rotational velocity, depending on the gearing used). Thelead screw 306 is threadingly engaged with afemale thread 308, disposed within therod 326. Certain embodiments of the adjustablespinal implant 300 may be used for distraction of thespine 280 or compression of thespine 280. Certain embodiments of the adjustablespinal implant 300 may be used to correct the spine of a patient with spinal deformity, for example due to scoliosis, hyper (or hypo) kyphosis, or hyper (or hypo) lordosis. Certain embodiments of the adjustablespinal implant 300 may be used to distract a spine, in order to open the spinal canal which may have been causing the patient pain. Certain embodiments of the adjustablespinal implant 300 may be used for adjustable dynamic stabilization of the spine, for control of the range of motion. Certain embodiments of the adjustablespinal implant 300 may be used to correct spondylolisthesis. Certain embodiments of the adjustablespinal implant 300 may be used to stabilize the spine during fusion, allowing for controlled load sharing, or selectable unloading of the spine. The adjustablespinal implant 300 may be configured in certain embodiments as an adjustable artificial disc, or to adjust vertebral body height. In treatment of early onset scoliosis, the adjustablespinal implant 300 is secured to thespine 280 of a patient, over thescoliotic curve 296, and is lengthened intermittently by thesystem 500. In order to obtain the desired growth rate of the spine, a specific force may be determined which is most effective for that patient. Or, an overall average force (for example 20 pounds) may be determined to be effective as a force target during lengthenings (distraction procedures). Thesystem 500 allows the operator to determine whether the target force is reached, and can also protect against too large of a force being placed on thespine 280. InFIG. 26 , a distance D is shown between the center of thespinal adjustment device 300 and thespine 280 at theapex vertebra 282. This may be, for example, measured from an X-ray image. The target force may be derived from a target “unbending” moment, defined as: -
M U =D×F T - where MU is the target unbending moment, D is the distance D, and FT is the target force.
-
FIG. 27 illustrates abone 328 with an adjustableintramedullary implant 330 placed within themedullary canal 332. In this particular case, thebone 328 is a femur, though a variety of other bones are contemplated, including, but not limited to the tibia and humerus. The adjustableintramedullary implant 330 includes afirst portion 334 having acavity 338 and asecond portion 336, telescopically disposed within thefirst portion 334. Within thecavity 338 of thefirst portion 334 is a rotatablepermanent magnet 340, which is rotationally coupled to alead screw 342, first example, via agear module 344. Thefirst portion 334 is secured to afirst section 346 of thebone 328, for example, using abone screw 350. Thesecond portion 336 is secured to asecond section 348 of thebone 328, for example, using abone screw 352. Rotation of the permanent magnet 340 (for example, by application of an externally applied moving magnetic field of anexternal adjustment device 700, 502) causes rotation of thelead screw 342 within afemale thread 354 that is disposed in thesecond portion 336, and moves thefirst portion 334 and thesecond portion 336 either together or apart. In limb lengthening applications, it may be desired to increase the length of thebone 328, by creating anosteotomy 356, and then gradually distracting the twobone sections system 500, the patient or physician may determine a relationship between the patient's pain threshold and the force measured by thesystem 500. In future lengthenings, the force may be measured, and the pain threshold force avoided. In certain applications (e.g., trauma, problematic limb lengthening), it may be desired to place a controlled compression force between the twobone sections System 500 may be used to place a controlled compression on the space between the twobone sections - A
bone 328 is illustrated inFIG. 28 with an adjustableintramedullary implant 358 placed within themedullary canal 332. In this particular case, thebone 328 is a femur, though a variety of other bones are contemplated, including, but not limited to the tibia and humerus. The adjustableintramedullary implant 358 includes afirst portion 360 having acavity 362 and asecond portion 364, rotationally disposed within thefirst portion 360. Within thecavity 362 of thefirst portion 360 is a rotatablepermanent magnet 366, which is rotationally coupled to alead screw 368, first example, via agear module 370. Thefirst portion 360 is secured to afirst section 346 of thebone 328, for example, using abone screw 350. Thesecond portion 364 is secured to asecond section 348 of thebone 328, for example, using abone screw 352. Rotation of the permanent magnet 366 (for example, by application of an externally applied moving magnetic field of anexternal adjustment device 700, 502) causes rotation of thelead screw 368 within afemale thread 372 that is disposed in arotation module 374, and moves thefirst portion 360 and thesecond portion 364 rotationally with respect to each other. Therotation module 374 may make use of embodiments disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 8,852,187. In bone rotational deformity applications, it may be desired to change the orientation between thefirst portion 346 and thesecond portion 348 of thebone 328, by creating anosteotomy 356, and then gradually rotating thebone sections system 500, the patient or physician may determine a relationship between the patient's pain threshold and the force measured by thesystem 500. In future rotations, the force may be measured, and the pain threshold force avoided. - A
knee joint 376 is illustrated inFIGS. 29 and 30 , and comprises afemur 328, atibia 394, and afibula 384. Certain patients having osteoarthritis of the knee joint 376 may be eligible for implants configured to non-invasively adjust the angle of awedge osteotomy 388 made in thetibia 394, which divides thetibia 394 into afirst portion 390 and asecond portion 392. Two such implants include an adjustable intramedullary implant 386 (FIG. 29 ) and an adjustable plate implant 420 (FIG. 30 ). The adjustableintramedullary implant 386 includes afirst portion 396 which is secured to thefirst portion 390 of thetibia 394 using one or more bone screws 378, 380 and asecond portion 398 which is secured to thesecond portion 392 of thetibia 394 using one or more bone screws 382. Apermanent magnet 381 within the adjustableintramedullary implant 386 is rotationally coupled to alead screw 383, which in turn engagesfemale threads 385 of thesecond portion 398. In a particular embodiment, thebone screw 378 passes through the adjustableintramedullary implant 386 at a pivotinginterface 387. As the angle of theosteotomy 388 is increased with one or more non-invasive adjustments, thebone screw 378 is able to pivot in relation to the adjustableintramedullary implant 386, while still holding the adjustableintramedullary implant 386 securely to the bone of thetibia 394. A rate of between about 0.5 mm and 2.5 mm per day may be effective in growing the angle of the bone, with minimal non-unions or early consolidation. Stretching of the surrounding soft tissue may cause the patient significant pain. By use of thesystem 500, the patient or physician may determine a relationship between the patient's pain threshold and the force measured by thesystem 500. In future lengthenings, the force may be measured, and the pain threshold force avoided. - The adjustable plate implant 420 (
FIG. 30 ) includes afirst portion 422 having afirst plate 438, which is secured externally to thefirst portion 390 of thetibia 394 using one or more bone screws 426, 428 and asecond portion 424 having asecond plate 440, which is secured externally to thesecond portion 392 of thetibia 394 using one or more bone screws 430. Apermanent magnet 432 within the adjustable plate implant 420 is rotationally coupled to a lead screw 434, which in turn engagesfemale threads 436 of thesecond portion 424. Stretching of the surrounding soft tissue may cause the patient significant pain. By use of thesystem 500, the patient or physician determine a relationship between the patient's pain threshold and the force measured by thesystem 500. In future lengthenings, the force may be measured, and the pain threshold force avoided. - An
adjustable suture anchor 444 is illustrated inFIG. 31 . Though the embodiment is shown in arotator cuff 134 of ashoulder joint 136, theadjustable suture anchor 444 also has application in anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) repair, or any other soft tissue to bone attachment in which securement tension is an factor. Theadjustable suture anchor 444 comprises afirst end 446 and asecond end 448 that is configured to insert into thehead 140 of ahumerus 138 throughcortical bone 146 andcancellous bone 142.Threads 460 at thefirst end 446 are secured to thecortical bone 146 and thesecond end 448 may additionally be inserted into apocket 144 for further stabilization.Suture 450 is wound around aspool 458 within theadjustable suture anchor 444, extends out of theadjustable suture anchor 444, and is attached to atendon 150 of amuscle 132 through apuncture 152 by one ormore knots 452, for example, at thegreater tubercle 148 of thehumerus 138. Apermanent magnet 454 is rotatably held within theadjustable suture anchor 444 and is rotatably coupled to thespool 458, for example via agear module 456. It may be desirable during and/or after surgery, to keep a muscle secured to a bone at a very specific range of tensions, so that healing is maximized and range of motion is optimized. Using thesystem 500, the force may be measured, adjusted accordingly, at surgery, immediately after surgery, and during the healing period in the weeks after surgery). -
FIG. 32 illustrates anadjustable restriction device 462 having anadjustable ring 472 which is configured to be secured around abody duct 120 and closed with a closure orsnap 474. Theadjustable restriction device 462 may be implanted in a laparoscopic surgery. Ahousing 464 havingsuture tabs 466 is secured to the patient, for example, by suturing thoughholes 468 in thesuture tabs 466 to the patient's tissue, such as fascia of abdominal muscle. Within thehousing 464 is amagnet 478 which is rotationally coupled to alead screw 482. Anut 480 threadingly engages with thelead screw 482 and is also engaged with atensile line 476, which may comprise wire, for example Nitinol wire. Thetensile line 476 passes through aprotective sheath 470 and passes around the interior of aflexible jacket 484 that makes up theadjustable ring 472. Theflexible jacket 484 may be constructed of silicone, and may have awavy shape 486, that aids in its ability to constrict to a smaller diameter. Theduct 120 is shown in cross-section at the edge of theadjustable ring 472, in order to show therestricted interior 488 of theduct 120. Certain gastrointestinal ducts including the stomach, esophagus, and small intestine may be adjustably restricted. Sphincters such as the anal and urethral sphincters may also be adjustably restricted. Blood vessels such as the pulmonary artery may also be adjustably restricted. During adjustment of theadjustable restriction device 462, anexternal adjustment device magnet 478 is non-invasively rotated. The rotation of themagnet 478 rotates thelead screw 482, which, depending on the direction of rotation, either pulls thenut 480 toward themagnet 478 or pushes the nut away from themagnet 478, thereby either increasing restriction or releasing restriction, respectively. Because restricted ducts may have complex geometries, their effective size is hard to characterize, even using three-dimensional imaging modalities, such as CT or Mill. The force of constriction on the duct may be a more accurate way of estimating the effective restriction. For example, a stomach is restricted with a tangential force (akin to the tension on the tensile line 476) on the order of one pound. With a fine lead screw having about 80 threads per inch, a fine adjustment of thenut 480, and thus of the adjustable ring may be made. By including agear module 490 between themagnet 478 and thelead screw 482, and even more precise adjustment may be made. By use of thesystem 500, the force may be measured, during adjustment, so that an “ideal restriction” may be returned to after changes occur in the patient (tissue growth, deformation, etc.). -
FIG. 34 illustrates anexternal adjustment device 1100 having one ormore magnets Hall effect sensors upper leg portion 1102 having abone 1118 extending within muscle/fat 1116 andskin 1104 is shown inFIG. 34 . Animplant 1110, such as a limb lengthening implant, having amagnet 1010 is placed within the medullary canal of thebone 1118. In largeupper leg portions 1102, for example in patients having a large amount of muscle or fat 1116, the distance “A” between themagnet 1010 and theHall effect sensors magnet 1010 can impart on theHall effect sensors more magnets Hall effect sensors external adjustment device 1100 includes one or moreHall effect sensors more magnets Hall effect sensors external adjustment device 1100 directly or remotely. In some embodiments, the one or moreHall effect sensors external adjustment device 1100, or may be attachable to the body of the patient, for example to theupper leg portion 1102. Distances B and C may each range between about 5 cm and 15 cm, between about 7 cm and 11 cm, or between about 8 cm and 10 cm. In some embodiments, one or both of theHall effect sensors shield Hall effect sensor magnet 1010, but is between the particularHall effect sensor more magnets Hall effect sensors Hall effect sensors Hall effect sensors more magnets magnets shield - While embodiments have been shown and described, various modifications may be made without departing from the scope of the inventive concepts disclosed herein. The invention(s), therefore, should not be limited, except to the following claims, and their equivalents.
Claims (20)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/574,219 US20220133460A1 (en) | 2014-04-28 | 2022-01-12 | System for informational magnetic feedback in adjustable implants |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201461985406P | 2014-04-28 | 2014-04-28 | |
US14/698,665 US11246694B2 (en) | 2014-04-28 | 2015-04-28 | System for informational magnetic feedback in adjustable implants |
US17/574,219 US20220133460A1 (en) | 2014-04-28 | 2022-01-12 | System for informational magnetic feedback in adjustable implants |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/698,665 Division US11246694B2 (en) | 2014-04-28 | 2015-04-28 | System for informational magnetic feedback in adjustable implants |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20220133460A1 true US20220133460A1 (en) | 2022-05-05 |
Family
ID=54354358
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/698,665 Active 2035-09-13 US11246694B2 (en) | 2014-04-28 | 2015-04-28 | System for informational magnetic feedback in adjustable implants |
US17/574,219 Pending US20220133460A1 (en) | 2014-04-28 | 2022-01-12 | System for informational magnetic feedback in adjustable implants |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/698,665 Active 2035-09-13 US11246694B2 (en) | 2014-04-28 | 2015-04-28 | System for informational magnetic feedback in adjustable implants |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US11246694B2 (en) |
EP (2) | EP4242756A3 (en) |
JP (5) | JP6626458B2 (en) |
CN (2) | CN111345867A (en) |
AU (2) | AU2015253313B9 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2015168175A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (21)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9248043B2 (en) * | 2010-06-30 | 2016-02-02 | Ellipse Technologies, Inc. | External adjustment device for distraction device |
US10226242B2 (en) | 2013-07-31 | 2019-03-12 | Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. | Noninvasively adjustable suture anchors |
CN111345867A (en) | 2014-04-28 | 2020-06-30 | 诺威适骨科专科公司 | Remote control device |
EP3361960B1 (en) * | 2015-10-16 | 2023-05-10 | NuVasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. | Adjustable devices for treating arthritis of the knee |
WO2017100774A1 (en) * | 2015-12-10 | 2017-06-15 | Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. | External adjustment device for distraction device |
WO2017132646A1 (en) | 2016-01-28 | 2017-08-03 | Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. | Systems for bone transport |
WO2017139548A1 (en) | 2016-02-10 | 2017-08-17 | Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. | Systems and methods for controlling multiple surgical variables |
CA3023593A1 (en) | 2016-05-19 | 2017-11-23 | Auctus Surgical, Llc | Spinal curvature modulation systems |
AU2018214820B2 (en) * | 2017-02-02 | 2019-11-28 | Zimmer, Inc. | Force and rotation sensing device and method |
US11464618B2 (en) * | 2017-08-07 | 2022-10-11 | Providence Health & Services—Oregon | Intestinal lengthening device |
CN107347703A (en) * | 2017-09-04 | 2017-11-17 | 合肥家佳乐食品工业有限公司 | A kind of hardware pet button |
US11589901B2 (en) * | 2019-02-08 | 2023-02-28 | Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. | External adjustment device |
FR3098102B1 (en) | 2019-07-05 | 2023-04-28 | Ecole Nat Superieure De Techniques Avancees | Activation tool for a bone expander |
CN111821073B (en) * | 2020-08-20 | 2023-02-28 | 四川大学华西医院 | Orthopedic implant system for monitoring activity posture and stress change thereof and monitoring method |
WO2022055678A1 (en) * | 2020-09-08 | 2022-03-17 | Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. | Remote control module for adjustable implants |
US20220304730A1 (en) * | 2021-03-26 | 2022-09-29 | Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. | Intramedullary device for ankle fusion |
US11737787B1 (en) | 2021-05-27 | 2023-08-29 | Nuvasive, Inc. | Bone elongating devices and methods of use |
WO2022271550A1 (en) | 2021-06-25 | 2022-12-29 | Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. | Adjustable implant, system and methods |
WO2023009587A1 (en) * | 2021-07-29 | 2023-02-02 | Skaggs Dr David | Systems and methods for treatment of spinal deformities |
US20230041121A1 (en) | 2021-08-03 | 2023-02-09 | Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. | Adjustable implant |
CN116098689B (en) * | 2023-04-11 | 2023-07-28 | 中国医学科学院北京协和医院 | Spinal column orthopedic device |
Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20090112207A1 (en) * | 2007-10-30 | 2009-04-30 | Blair Walker | Skeletal manipulation method |
Family Cites Families (860)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US1599538A (en) | 1919-12-06 | 1926-09-14 | Mintrop Ludger | Geological testing method |
US2702031A (en) | 1953-09-25 | 1955-02-15 | Wenger Herman Leslie | Method and apparatus for treatment of scoliosis |
US3111945A (en) | 1961-01-05 | 1963-11-26 | Solbrig Charles R Von | Bone band and process of applying the same |
US3377576A (en) | 1965-05-03 | 1968-04-09 | Metcom Inc | Gallium-wetted movable electrode switch |
US3397928A (en) | 1965-11-08 | 1968-08-20 | Edward M. Galle | Seal means for drill bit bearings |
SE344275B (en) | 1966-02-10 | 1972-04-10 | R Gruenert | |
US3372476A (en) | 1967-04-05 | 1968-03-12 | Amp Inc | Method of making permanent connections between interfitting parts |
FR1556730A (en) | 1967-06-05 | 1969-02-07 | ||
US3866510A (en) | 1967-06-05 | 1975-02-18 | Carl B H Eibes | Self-tapping threaded bushings |
USRE28907E (en) | 1967-06-05 | 1976-07-20 | Self-tapping threaded bushings | |
US3512901A (en) | 1967-07-28 | 1970-05-19 | Carrier Corp | Magnetically coupled pump with slip detection means |
US3527220A (en) | 1968-06-28 | 1970-09-08 | Fairchild Hiller Corp | Implantable drug administrator |
FR2086747A5 (en) | 1970-04-07 | 1971-12-31 | Cotton De Bennetot M | |
US3726279A (en) | 1970-10-08 | 1973-04-10 | Carolina Medical Electronics I | Hemostatic vascular cuff |
US3810259A (en) | 1971-01-25 | 1974-05-14 | Fairchild Industries | Implantable urinary control apparatus |
US3750194A (en) | 1971-03-16 | 1973-08-07 | Fairchild Industries | Apparatus and method for reversibly closing a natural or implanted body passage |
US3840018A (en) | 1973-01-31 | 1974-10-08 | M Heifetz | Clamp for occluding tubular conduits in the human body |
DE2314573C2 (en) | 1973-03-23 | 1986-12-18 | Werner Dipl.-Ing. 8000 München Kraus | Device for promoting healing processes |
GB1467248A (en) | 1973-07-30 | 1977-03-16 | Horstmann Magnetics Ltd | Electric motors |
CH581988A5 (en) | 1974-04-09 | 1976-11-30 | Messerschmitt Boelkow Blohm | |
US3900025A (en) | 1974-04-24 | 1975-08-19 | Jr Walter P Barnes | Apparatus for distracting or compressing longitudinal bone segments |
FI53062C (en) | 1975-05-30 | 1978-02-10 | Erkki Einari Nissinen | |
US4010758A (en) | 1975-09-03 | 1977-03-08 | Medtronic, Inc. | Bipolar body tissue electrode |
US4068821A (en) | 1976-09-13 | 1978-01-17 | Acf Industries, Incorporated | Valve seat ring having a corner groove to receive an elastic seal ring |
SU715082A1 (en) | 1977-01-24 | 1980-02-15 | Всесоюзный научно-исследовательский и испытательный институт медицинской техники | Surgical suturing apparatus |
US4118805A (en) | 1977-02-28 | 1978-10-10 | Codman & Shurtleff, Inc. | Artificial sphincter |
CH625384B (en) | 1977-12-20 | Ebauches Electroniques Sa | STEP MOTOR NON-ROTATION DETECTION DEVICE FOR CLOCKWORK PART AND LOST STEPS CATCHING UP. | |
US4286584A (en) | 1978-06-16 | 1981-09-01 | Infusaid Corporation | Septum locating apparatus |
US4222374A (en) | 1978-06-16 | 1980-09-16 | Metal Bellows Corporation | Septum locating apparatus |
US4235246A (en) | 1979-02-05 | 1980-11-25 | Arco Medical Products Company | Epicardial heart lead and assembly and method for optimal fixation of same for cardiac pacing |
US4256094A (en) | 1979-06-18 | 1981-03-17 | Kapp John P | Arterial pressure control system |
US4357946A (en) | 1980-03-24 | 1982-11-09 | Medtronic, Inc. | Epicardial pacing lead with stylet controlled helical fixation screw |
DE3035670A1 (en) | 1980-09-22 | 1982-04-29 | Siemens AG, 1000 Berlin und 8000 München | DEVICE FOR INFUSING LIQUIDS IN HUMAN OR ANIMAL BODIES |
US4386603A (en) | 1981-03-23 | 1983-06-07 | Mayfield Jack K | Distraction device for spinal distraction systems |
US4448191A (en) | 1981-07-07 | 1984-05-15 | Rodnyansky Lazar I | Implantable correctant of a spinal curvature and a method for treatment of a spinal curvature |
FR2514250A1 (en) | 1981-10-08 | 1983-04-15 | Artus | HANDPIECE WITH INTEGRATED MOTOR |
FR2523232B1 (en) | 1982-03-09 | 1985-09-20 | Thomson Csf | TELESCOPIC COLUMN WITH CYLINDRICAL TUBES |
CH648723GA3 (en) | 1982-09-10 | 1985-04-15 | ||
DE3340596A1 (en) | 1982-11-16 | 1984-05-24 | Tokyo Electric Co., Ltd., Tokyo | MATRIX PRINTER |
IL67773A (en) | 1983-01-28 | 1985-02-28 | Antebi E | Tie for tying live tissue and an instrument for performing said tying operation |
DE3306657C2 (en) | 1983-02-25 | 1986-12-11 | Fa. Heinrich C. Ulrich, 7900 Ulm | Spine correction implant with a distraction rod |
US4501266A (en) | 1983-03-04 | 1985-02-26 | Biomet, Inc. | Knee distraction device |
US4595007A (en) | 1983-03-14 | 1986-06-17 | Ethicon, Inc. | Split ring type tissue fastener |
US4608992A (en) | 1983-08-18 | 1986-09-02 | Salomon Hakim | External magnetic detection of physiopathological and other parameters |
FR2551350B1 (en) | 1983-09-02 | 1985-10-25 | Buffet Jacques | FLUID INJECTION DEVICE, SUITABLE FOR IMPLANTATION |
US4522501A (en) | 1984-04-06 | 1985-06-11 | Northern Telecom Limited | Monitoring magnetically permeable particles in admixture with a fluid carrier |
US4573454A (en) | 1984-05-17 | 1986-03-04 | Hoffman Gregory A | Spinal fixation apparatus |
SE448812B (en) | 1985-02-01 | 1987-03-23 | Astra Meditec Ab | SURGICAL DEVICE FOR CONNECTING THE TAGS OF A PATIENT |
DE8515687U1 (en) | 1985-05-29 | 1985-10-24 | Aesculap-Werke Ag Vormals Jetter & Scheerer, 7200 Tuttlingen | Distraction device for extension osteotomy |
US4592339A (en) | 1985-06-12 | 1986-06-03 | Mentor Corporation | Gastric banding device |
US4642257A (en) | 1985-06-13 | 1987-02-10 | Michael Chase | Magnetic occluding device |
US4696288A (en) | 1985-08-14 | 1987-09-29 | Kuzmak Lubomyr I | Calibrating apparatus and method of using same for gastric banding surgery |
WO1987007134A1 (en) | 1986-05-30 | 1987-12-03 | John Bumpus | Distraction rods |
US4700091A (en) | 1986-08-22 | 1987-10-13 | Timex Corporation | Bipolar stepping motor rotor with drive pinion and method of manufacture |
SE460301B (en) | 1986-10-15 | 1989-09-25 | Sandvik Ab | CUTTING ROD FOR STOCKING DRILLING MACHINE |
US4760837A (en) | 1987-02-19 | 1988-08-02 | Inamed Development Company | Apparatus for verifying the position of needle tip within the injection reservoir of an implantable medical device |
DE8704134U1 (en) | 1987-03-19 | 1987-07-16 | Zielke, Klaus, Dr.Med., 3590 Bad Wildungen, De | |
DE8704901U1 (en) | 1987-04-02 | 1987-07-23 | Kluger, Patrick, Dr.Med., 3590 Bad Wildungen, De | |
DE3728686A1 (en) | 1987-08-27 | 1989-03-09 | Draenert Klaus | PREDICTABLE SURGICAL NETWORK |
US4940467A (en) | 1988-02-03 | 1990-07-10 | Tronzo Raymond G | Variable length fixation device |
EP0359793A4 (en) | 1988-02-03 | 1990-10-10 | Inc. Biomet | Variable length fixation device |
FR2632514B1 (en) | 1988-06-09 | 1990-10-12 | Medinov Sarl | PROGRESSIVE CENTRO-MEDULAR NAIL |
US4904861A (en) | 1988-12-27 | 1990-02-27 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Optical encoder using sufficient inactive photodetectors to make leakage current equal throughout |
US4998013A (en) | 1988-12-27 | 1991-03-05 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Optical encoder with inactive photodetectors |
US4973331A (en) | 1989-03-08 | 1990-11-27 | Autogenesis Corporation | Automatic compression-distraction-torsion method and apparatus |
US5180380A (en) | 1989-03-08 | 1993-01-19 | Autogenesis Corporation | Automatic compression-distraction-torsion method and apparatus |
JPH0620466B2 (en) | 1989-03-31 | 1994-03-23 | 有限会社田中医科器械製作所 | Spinal column correction device |
US5092889A (en) | 1989-04-14 | 1992-03-03 | Campbell Robert M Jr | Expandable vertical prosthetic rib |
US5222976A (en) | 1989-05-16 | 1993-06-29 | Inbae Yoon | Suture devices particularly useful in endoscopic surgery |
US5053047A (en) | 1989-05-16 | 1991-10-01 | Inbae Yoon | Suture devices particularly useful in endoscopic surgery and methods of suturing |
DE3921972C2 (en) | 1989-07-04 | 1994-06-09 | Rainer Dr Med Baumgart | Intramedullary nail |
US5176618A (en) | 1989-08-10 | 1993-01-05 | George Freedman | System for preventing closure of passageways |
US4978323A (en) | 1989-08-10 | 1990-12-18 | George Freedman | System and method for preventing closure of passageways |
IT1236172B (en) | 1989-11-30 | 1993-01-11 | Franco Mingozzi | EXTERNAL FIXER FOR THE TREATMENT OF LONG BONE FRACTURES OF THE LIMBS. |
US5142407A (en) | 1989-12-22 | 1992-08-25 | Donnelly Corporation | Method of reducing leakage current in electrochemichromic solutions and solutions based thereon |
SE464558B (en) | 1990-03-22 | 1991-05-13 | Hepar Ab | IMPLANTABLE DEVICE FOR SUSPENSION OF A CHANNEL IN THE BODY OF A LIVE BEING |
US5030235A (en) | 1990-04-20 | 1991-07-09 | Campbell Robert M Jr | Prosthetic first rib |
US5290289A (en) | 1990-05-22 | 1994-03-01 | Sanders Albert E | Nitinol spinal instrumentation and method for surgically treating scoliosis |
US5156605A (en) | 1990-07-06 | 1992-10-20 | Autogenesis Corporation | Automatic internal compression-distraction-method and apparatus |
US5074868A (en) | 1990-08-03 | 1991-12-24 | Inamed Development Company | Reversible stoma-adjustable gastric band |
US5133716A (en) | 1990-11-07 | 1992-07-28 | Codespi Corporation | Device for correction of spinal deformities |
US5226429A (en) | 1991-06-20 | 1993-07-13 | Inamed Development Co. | Laparoscopic gastric band and method |
US5399168A (en) | 1991-08-29 | 1995-03-21 | C. R. Bard, Inc. | Implantable plural fluid cavity port |
US5360407A (en) | 1991-08-29 | 1994-11-01 | C. R. Bard, Inc. | Implantable dual access port with tactile ridge for position sensing |
JP3068683B2 (en) | 1991-10-21 | 2000-07-24 | マグネット製造株式会社 | Non-magnetic metal separator |
US5433721A (en) | 1992-01-17 | 1995-07-18 | Ethicon, Inc. | Endoscopic instrument having a torsionally stiff drive shaft for applying fasteners to tissue |
WO1993025161A2 (en) | 1992-06-08 | 1993-12-23 | Campbell Robert M Jr | Segmental rib carriage instrumentation and associated methods |
US5437266A (en) | 1992-07-02 | 1995-08-01 | Mcpherson; William | Coil screw surgical retractor |
DE4221692A1 (en) | 1992-07-02 | 1994-01-05 | Siemens Ag | Method and device for determining a mixture proportion of a gas mixture |
US5676651A (en) | 1992-08-06 | 1997-10-14 | Electric Boat Corporation | Surgically implantable pump arrangement and method for pumping body fluids |
US5381943A (en) | 1992-10-09 | 1995-01-17 | Ethicon, Inc. | Endoscopic surgical stapling instrument with pivotable and rotatable staple cartridge |
US5601224A (en) | 1992-10-09 | 1997-02-11 | Ethicon, Inc. | Surgical instrument |
US5466261A (en) | 1992-11-19 | 1995-11-14 | Wright Medical Technology, Inc. | Non-invasive expandable prosthesis for growing children |
WO1994012238A1 (en) | 1992-11-24 | 1994-06-09 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable medical device with magnetically actuated switch |
US5498262A (en) | 1992-12-31 | 1996-03-12 | Bryan; Donald W. | Spinal fixation apparatus and method |
US5306275A (en) | 1992-12-31 | 1994-04-26 | Bryan Donald W | Lumbar spine fixation apparatus and method |
US5336223A (en) | 1993-02-04 | 1994-08-09 | Rogers Charles L | Telescoping spinal fixator |
US5356424A (en) | 1993-02-05 | 1994-10-18 | American Cyanamid Co. | Laparoscopic suturing device |
US5626579A (en) | 1993-02-12 | 1997-05-06 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Bone transport and lengthening system |
US5429638A (en) | 1993-02-12 | 1995-07-04 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Bone transport and lengthening system |
US5536269A (en) | 1993-02-18 | 1996-07-16 | Genesis Orthopedics | Bone and tissue lengthening device |
US5356411A (en) | 1993-02-18 | 1994-10-18 | Spievack Alan R | Bone transporter |
US5449368A (en) | 1993-02-18 | 1995-09-12 | Kuzmak; Lubomyr I. | Laparoscopic adjustable gastric banding device and method for implantation and removal thereof |
US5516335A (en) | 1993-03-24 | 1996-05-14 | Hospital For Joint Diseases Orthopaedic Institute | Intramedullary nail for femoral lengthening |
US5364396A (en) | 1993-03-29 | 1994-11-15 | Robinson Randolph C | Distraction method and apparatus |
US5334202A (en) | 1993-04-06 | 1994-08-02 | Carter Michael A | Portable bone distraction apparatus |
US5527309A (en) | 1993-04-21 | 1996-06-18 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Pelvo-femoral fixator |
US5403322A (en) | 1993-07-08 | 1995-04-04 | Smith & Nephew Richards Inc. | Drill guide and method for avoiding intramedullary nails in the placement of bone pins |
FR2709246B1 (en) | 1993-08-27 | 1995-09-29 | Martin Jean Raymond | Dynamic implanted spinal orthosis. |
US5468030A (en) | 1994-01-04 | 1995-11-21 | Caterpillar Inc. | Tube clamp and coupling |
AU1011595A (en) | 1994-01-13 | 1995-07-20 | Ethicon Inc. | Spiral surgical tack |
US5762599A (en) | 1994-05-02 | 1998-06-09 | Influence Medical Technologies, Ltd. | Magnetically-coupled implantable medical devices |
WO1998008454A1 (en) | 1994-05-25 | 1998-03-05 | Jackson Roger P | Apparatus and method for spinal fixation and correction of spinal deformities |
US6217847B1 (en) | 1994-07-01 | 2001-04-17 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Non-invasive localization of a light-emitting conjugate in a mammal |
US7255851B2 (en) | 1994-07-01 | 2007-08-14 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Non-invasive localization of a light-emitting conjugate in a mammal |
CN1152257A (en) | 1994-07-11 | 1997-06-18 | 蒂科姆德公司 | Vessel occlusive prosthesis |
US5620445A (en) | 1994-07-15 | 1997-04-15 | Brosnahan; Robert | Modular intramedullary nail |
US5509888A (en) | 1994-07-26 | 1996-04-23 | Conceptek Corporation | Controller valve device and method |
IT1268313B1 (en) | 1994-07-28 | 1997-02-27 | Orthofix Srl | MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT FOR CENTERING BLIND HOLES FOR BONE SCREWS OF INTRAMIDOLLAR NAILS |
US5582616A (en) | 1994-08-05 | 1996-12-10 | Origin Medsystems, Inc. | Surgical helical fastener with applicator |
US5573012A (en) | 1994-08-09 | 1996-11-12 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Body monitoring and imaging apparatus and method |
US5549610A (en) | 1994-10-31 | 1996-08-27 | Smith & Nephew Richards Inc. | Femoral intramedullary nail |
DE69507333T2 (en) | 1994-11-16 | 1999-09-02 | Soubeiran | DEVICE FOR SLIDING TWO BODIES TOGETHER |
US5659217A (en) | 1995-02-10 | 1997-08-19 | Petersen; Christian C. | Permanent magnet d.c. motor having a radially-disposed working flux gap |
US5874796A (en) | 1995-02-10 | 1999-02-23 | Petersen; Christian C. | Permanent magnet D.C. motor having a radially-disposed working flux gap |
FR2730406B1 (en) | 1995-02-13 | 1997-08-14 | Medinov Sa | IMPROVED LENGTHENING DEVICE FOR LONG BONES |
US5575790A (en) | 1995-03-28 | 1996-11-19 | Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute | Shape memory alloy internal linear actuator for use in orthopedic correction |
US5536296A (en) | 1995-05-03 | 1996-07-16 | Alumax Inc. | Process for treating molten aluminum with chlorine gas and sulfur hexafluoride to remove impurities |
US5626613A (en) | 1995-05-04 | 1997-05-06 | Arthrex, Inc. | Corkscrew suture anchor and driver |
US5628888A (en) | 1996-03-28 | 1997-05-13 | Rscecat, Usa, Inc. | Apparatus for electrochemical treatment of water and/or water solutions |
US5662683A (en) | 1995-08-22 | 1997-09-02 | Ortho Helix Limited | Open helical organic tissue anchor and method of facilitating healing |
JP3338944B2 (en) | 1995-08-25 | 2002-10-28 | 有限会社田中医科器械製作所 | Spinal deformity correction device |
US6102922A (en) | 1995-09-22 | 2000-08-15 | Kirk Promotions Limited | Surgical method and device for reducing the food intake of patient |
US5771903A (en) | 1995-09-22 | 1998-06-30 | Kirk Promotions Limited | Surgical method for reducing the food intake of a patient |
DE69608968T2 (en) | 1995-12-01 | 2001-02-01 | David A Walker | TELESCOPIC BONE PLATE FOR BONE EXTENSION THROUGH STRETCH OSTEOGENESIS |
US5672177A (en) | 1996-01-31 | 1997-09-30 | The General Hospital Corporation | Implantable bone distraction device |
WO1998050309A1 (en) | 1996-03-27 | 1998-11-12 | Bakhir Vitold M | Apparatus for electrochemical treatment of water and/or water solutions |
US5704938A (en) | 1996-03-27 | 1998-01-06 | Volunteers For Medical Engineering | Implantable bone lengthening apparatus using a drive gear mechanism |
US5985110A (en) | 1996-03-28 | 1999-11-16 | Bakhir; Vitold M. | Apparatus for electrochemical treatment of water and/or water solutions |
US5704939A (en) | 1996-04-09 | 1998-01-06 | Justin; Daniel F. | Intramedullary skeletal distractor and method |
US5979456A (en) | 1996-04-22 | 1999-11-09 | Magovern; George J. | Apparatus and method for reversibly reshaping a body part |
US5954915A (en) | 1996-05-24 | 1999-09-21 | Voorwood Company | Surface finishing apparatus |
JP3630435B2 (en) | 1996-06-17 | 2005-03-16 | ベクトン・ディキンソン・アンド・カンパニー | Medical tube inserted and detected in patient's body |
US5700263A (en) | 1996-06-17 | 1997-12-23 | Schendel; Stephen A. | Bone distraction apparatus |
DE19626230A1 (en) | 1996-06-29 | 1998-01-02 | Inst Physikalische Hochtech Ev | Device for determining the position of magnetic marker through Magen-Darm tract |
US6835207B2 (en) | 1996-07-22 | 2004-12-28 | Fred Zacouto | Skeletal implant |
US6500110B1 (en) | 1996-08-15 | 2002-12-31 | Neotonus, Inc. | Magnetic nerve stimulation seat device |
US5810815A (en) | 1996-09-20 | 1998-09-22 | Morales; Jose A. | Surgical apparatus for use in the treatment of spinal deformities |
US5830221A (en) | 1996-09-20 | 1998-11-03 | United States Surgical Corporation | Coil fastener applier |
US6058323A (en) | 1996-11-05 | 2000-05-02 | Lemelson; Jerome | System and method for treating select tissue in a living being |
US5743910A (en) | 1996-11-14 | 1998-04-28 | Xomed Surgical Products, Inc. | Orthopedic prosthesis removal instrument |
DE19652608C1 (en) | 1996-12-18 | 1998-08-27 | Eska Implants Gmbh & Co | Prophylaxis implant against fractures of osteoporotically affected bone segments |
NL1004873C2 (en) | 1996-12-23 | 1998-06-24 | Univ Twente | Device for moving two objects together. |
DE19700225A1 (en) | 1997-01-07 | 1998-07-09 | Augustin Prof Dr Betz | Distraction device for moving two parts of a bone apart |
IT1293934B1 (en) | 1997-01-21 | 1999-03-11 | Orthofix Srl | ENDOMIDOLLAR NAIL FOR THE TREATMENT OF HIP FRACTURES |
US5997490A (en) | 1997-02-12 | 1999-12-07 | Exogen, Inc. | Method and system for therapeutically treating bone fractures and osteoporosis |
US5827286A (en) | 1997-02-14 | 1998-10-27 | Incavo; Stephen J. | Incrementally adjustable tibial osteotomy fixation device and method |
DE19708279C2 (en) | 1997-02-28 | 1999-10-14 | Rainer Baumgart | Distraction system for a long bone |
US6034296A (en) | 1997-03-11 | 2000-03-07 | Elvin; Niell | Implantable bone strain telemetry sensing system and method |
US6033412A (en) | 1997-04-03 | 2000-03-07 | Losken; H. Wolfgang | Automated implantable bone distractor for incremental bone adjustment |
FR2761876B1 (en) | 1997-04-09 | 1999-08-06 | Materiel Orthopedique En Abreg | INSTRUMENTATION OF LUMBAR OSTEOSYNTHESIS FOR CORRECTION OF SPONDYLOLISTHESIS BY POSTERIOR PATHWAY |
US5938669A (en) | 1997-05-07 | 1999-08-17 | Klasamed S.A. | Adjustable gastric banding device for contracting a patient's stomach |
US6263230B1 (en) | 1997-05-08 | 2001-07-17 | Lucent Medical Systems, Inc. | System and method to determine the location and orientation of an indwelling medical device |
WO1998052466A1 (en) | 1997-05-21 | 1998-11-26 | Lucent Medical Systems, Inc. | Non-invasive sensing of a physical parameter |
DE19751733A1 (en) | 1997-06-09 | 1998-12-10 | Arnold Dipl Ing Dr Med Pier | Gastric band that can be used laparoscopically |
GB9713018D0 (en) | 1997-06-20 | 1997-08-27 | Secr Defence | Optical fibre bend sensor |
WO1999003348A1 (en) | 1997-07-16 | 1999-01-28 | Zeneca Limited | Herbicidal compositions of tetrazolinone herbicides and antidotes therefor |
DE19741757A1 (en) | 1997-09-22 | 1999-03-25 | Sachse Hans E | Implantable hydraulic bone expansion device |
US6138681A (en) | 1997-10-13 | 2000-10-31 | Light Sciences Limited Partnership | Alignment of external medical device relative to implanted medical device |
DE19745654A1 (en) | 1997-10-16 | 1999-04-22 | Hans Peter Prof Dr Med Zenner | Port for subcutaneous infusion |
GB9723194D0 (en) | 1997-11-03 | 1998-01-07 | Isis Innovation | Electromechanical transducer |
FR2771280B1 (en) | 1997-11-26 | 2001-01-26 | Albert P Alby | RESILIENT VERTEBRAL CONNECTION DEVICE |
US5935127A (en) | 1997-12-17 | 1999-08-10 | Biomet, Inc. | Apparatus and method for treatment of a fracture in a long bone |
US6336929B1 (en) | 1998-01-05 | 2002-01-08 | Orthodyne, Inc. | Intramedullary skeletal distractor and method |
KR20010033867A (en) | 1998-01-05 | 2001-04-25 | 오르토다인 인코포레이티드 | Intramedullary Skeletal Distractor And Method |
US5945762A (en) | 1998-02-10 | 1999-08-31 | Light Sciences Limited Partnership | Movable magnet transmitter for inducing electrical current in an implanted coil |
US6331744B1 (en) | 1998-02-10 | 2001-12-18 | Light Sciences Corporation | Contactless energy transfer apparatus |
US7468060B2 (en) | 1998-02-19 | 2008-12-23 | Respiratory Diagnostic, Inc. | Systems and methods for treating obesity and other gastrointestinal conditions |
DE19807663A1 (en) | 1998-02-24 | 1999-09-09 | Baur | Connection means for releasably connecting a first component and a second component and method for releasing a connection of a first component and a second component |
US6009837A (en) | 1998-03-25 | 2000-01-04 | Mcclasky; David R. | Purple martin birdhouse and telescoping pole |
US6343568B1 (en) | 1998-03-25 | 2002-02-05 | Mcclasky David R. | Non-rotating telescoping pole |
GB9806999D0 (en) | 1998-04-02 | 1998-06-03 | Univ Birmingham | Distraction device |
US6074341A (en) | 1998-06-09 | 2000-06-13 | Timm Medical Technologies, Inc. | Vessel occlusive apparatus and method |
US6283156B1 (en) | 1998-06-17 | 2001-09-04 | Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. | Expandable O-ring seal, method of sealing and apparatus having such seals |
DE29811479U1 (en) | 1998-06-26 | 1998-09-03 | Orto Maquet Gmbh & Co Kg | Plate arrangement for osteosynthesis |
DE19829523A1 (en) | 1998-07-02 | 2000-01-05 | Michael Butsch | Distraction device for moving apart a one- or two-part, possibly separate bone |
US6126660A (en) | 1998-07-29 | 2000-10-03 | Sofamor Danek Holdings, Inc. | Spinal compression and distraction devices and surgical methods |
US6067991A (en) | 1998-08-13 | 2000-05-30 | Forsell; Peter | Mechanical food intake restriction device |
US6460543B1 (en) | 1998-08-13 | 2002-10-08 | Obtech Medical Ag | Non-injection port food intake restriction device |
US6210347B1 (en) | 1998-08-13 | 2001-04-03 | Peter Forsell | Remote control food intake restriction device |
FR2783153B1 (en) | 1998-09-14 | 2000-12-01 | Jerome Dargent | GASTRIC CONSTRICTION DEVICE |
US6494879B2 (en) | 1998-10-15 | 2002-12-17 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Treating urinary retention |
DE19856062A1 (en) | 1998-12-04 | 2000-06-15 | Wittenstein Gmbh & Co Kg | Distraction device |
US6139316A (en) | 1999-01-26 | 2000-10-31 | Sachdeva; Rohit C. L. | Device for bone distraction and tooth movement |
US6315784B1 (en) | 1999-02-03 | 2001-11-13 | Zarija Djurovic | Surgical suturing unit |
DE19906423A1 (en) | 1999-02-16 | 2000-08-17 | Wittenstein Gmbh & Co Kg | Active marrow spike for drawing out sections of bone consists of two elements moving against each other and electrically operated driving element to supply spike with electrical energy via detachable plug-in element. |
IL129032A (en) | 1999-03-17 | 2006-12-31 | Moshe Dudai | Gastric band |
US6162223A (en) | 1999-04-09 | 2000-12-19 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Dynamic wrist fixation apparatus for early joint motion in distal radius fractures |
US6325805B1 (en) | 1999-04-23 | 2001-12-04 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Shape memory alloy staple |
US6299613B1 (en) | 1999-04-23 | 2001-10-09 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Method for the correction of spinal deformities through vertebral body tethering without fusion |
US6296643B1 (en) | 1999-04-23 | 2001-10-02 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Device for the correction of spinal deformities through vertebral body tethering without fusion |
US7008425B2 (en) | 1999-05-27 | 2006-03-07 | Jonathan Phillips | Pediatric intramedullary nail and method |
FR2794357B1 (en) | 1999-06-01 | 2001-09-14 | Frederic Fortin | DISTRACTION DEVICE FOR BONES OF CHILDREN HAVING HANGING AND ADJUSTMENT MEANS FOR TRACKING GROWTH |
US6221074B1 (en) | 1999-06-10 | 2001-04-24 | Orthodyne, Inc. | Femoral intramedullary rod system |
US7018380B2 (en) | 1999-06-10 | 2006-03-28 | Cole J Dean | Femoral intramedullary rod system |
MXPA01013027A (en) | 1999-06-21 | 2002-06-04 | Fischer & Paykel Ltd | Linear motor. |
US6358283B1 (en) | 1999-06-21 | 2002-03-19 | Hoegfors Christian | Implantable device for lengthening and correcting malpositions of skeletal bones |
US6626899B2 (en) | 1999-06-25 | 2003-09-30 | Nidus Medical, Llc | Apparatus and methods for treating tissue |
US7160312B2 (en) | 1999-06-25 | 2007-01-09 | Usgi Medical, Inc. | Implantable artificial partition and methods of use |
JP4576521B2 (en) | 1999-06-25 | 2010-11-10 | ハンセン メディカル, インコーポレイテッド | Apparatus and method for treating tissue |
US20050192629A1 (en) | 1999-06-25 | 2005-09-01 | Usgi Medical Inc. | Methods and apparatus for creating and regulating a gastric stoma |
US6587719B1 (en) | 1999-07-01 | 2003-07-01 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Treatment of obesity by bilateral vagus nerve stimulation |
US6409175B1 (en) | 1999-07-13 | 2002-06-25 | Grant Prideco, Inc. | Expandable joint connector |
EP1072282A1 (en) | 1999-07-19 | 2001-01-31 | EndoArt S.A. | Flow control device |
AUPQ202699A0 (en) | 1999-08-04 | 1999-08-26 | University Of Melbourne, The | Prosthetic device for incontinence |
US6234956B1 (en) | 1999-08-11 | 2001-05-22 | Hongping He | Magnetic actuation urethral valve |
US6464628B1 (en) | 1999-08-12 | 2002-10-15 | Obtech Medical Ag | Mechanical anal incontinence |
BR0013004B1 (en) | 1999-08-12 | 2009-01-13 | medical implant apparatus with wireless power transmission. | |
US6454701B1 (en) | 1999-08-12 | 2002-09-24 | Obtech Medical Ag | Heartburn and reflux disease treatment apparatus with energy transfer device |
US6453907B1 (en) | 1999-08-12 | 2002-09-24 | Obtech Medical Ag | Food intake restriction with energy transfer device |
US6450173B1 (en) | 1999-08-12 | 2002-09-17 | Obtech Medical Ag | Heartburn and reflux disease treatment with controlled wireless energy supply |
US6482145B1 (en) | 2000-02-14 | 2002-11-19 | Obtech Medical Ag | Hydraulic anal incontinence treatment |
US6454699B1 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2002-09-24 | Obtech Medical Ag | Food intake restriction with controlled wireless energy supply |
US6471635B1 (en) | 2000-02-10 | 2002-10-29 | Obtech Medical Ag | Anal incontinence disease treatment with controlled wireless energy supply |
WO2001012078A1 (en) | 1999-08-12 | 2001-02-22 | Potencia Medical Ag | Stoma opening forming apparatus |
US6454698B1 (en) | 1999-08-12 | 2002-09-24 | Obtech Medical Ag | Anal incontinence treatment with energy transfer device |
US6673079B1 (en) | 1999-08-16 | 2004-01-06 | Washington University | Device for lengthening and reshaping bone by distraction osteogenesis |
FR2799118B1 (en) | 1999-10-01 | 2002-07-12 | Medical Innovation Dev | ADJUSTABLE GASTRIC IMPLANT |
WO2001024697A1 (en) | 1999-10-06 | 2001-04-12 | Orthodyne, Inc. | Device and method for measuring skeletal distraction |
US6926719B2 (en) | 1999-10-21 | 2005-08-09 | Gary W. Sohngen | Modular intramedullary nail |
WO2001030245A1 (en) | 1999-10-26 | 2001-05-03 | H Randall Craig | Helical suture instrument |
US6573706B2 (en) | 1999-11-18 | 2003-06-03 | Intellijoint Systems Ltd. | Method and apparatus for distance based detection of wear and the like in joints |
US20030208212A1 (en) | 1999-12-07 | 2003-11-06 | Valerio Cigaina | Removable gastric band |
IT1315260B1 (en) | 1999-12-07 | 2003-02-03 | Valerio Cigaina | REMOVABLE GASTRIC BANDAGE |
FR2802406B1 (en) | 1999-12-21 | 2002-12-13 | Rc Medical | PNEUMATIC CLOSING GASTROPLASTY RING |
FR2802407B1 (en) | 1999-12-21 | 2002-12-13 | Rc Medical | DESERRABLE GASTROPLASTY RING |
US6702732B1 (en) | 1999-12-22 | 2004-03-09 | Paracor Surgical, Inc. | Expandable cardiac harness for treating congestive heart failure |
US6386083B1 (en) | 1999-12-23 | 2002-05-14 | Ber-Fong Hwang | Vertically movable foam sponge cutting apparatus |
US7507252B2 (en) | 2000-01-31 | 2009-03-24 | Edwards Lifesciences Ag | Adjustable transluminal annuloplasty system |
US6527702B2 (en) | 2000-02-01 | 2003-03-04 | Abbeymoor Medical, Inc. | Urinary flow control device and method |
JP2003524493A (en) | 2000-02-03 | 2003-08-19 | アルファテック マニュファクチャリング, インコーポレイテッド | Intramedullary coupling screw |
US6454700B1 (en) | 2000-02-09 | 2002-09-24 | Obtech Medical Ag | Heartburn and reflux disease treatment apparatus with wireless energy supply |
CN1222249C (en) | 2000-02-10 | 2005-10-12 | 奥比特克医疗公司 | Controlled stomach-ache and reflux disease treatment apparatus |
CN1291701C (en) | 2000-02-10 | 2006-12-27 | 波滕西亚医疗公司 | Mechanical impotence treatment appts. |
ES2249405T3 (en) | 2000-02-10 | 2006-04-01 | Potencia Medical Ag | ANAL INCONTINENCE TREATMENT WITH CONTROLLED WIRELESS POWER SUPPLY. |
US6463935B1 (en) | 2000-02-10 | 2002-10-15 | Obtech Medical Ag | Controlled heartburn and reflux disease treatment |
CN1195463C (en) | 2000-02-10 | 2005-04-06 | 波滕西亚医疗公司 | Anal incontinence treatment apparatus with wireless energy supply |
US6470892B1 (en) | 2000-02-10 | 2002-10-29 | Obtech Medical Ag | Mechanical heartburn and reflux treatment |
US6450946B1 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2002-09-17 | Obtech Medical Ag | Food intake restriction with wireless energy transfer |
DE60125351T2 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2007-05-16 | Potencia Medical Ag | URINARY INCONTINENCE TREATMENT DEVICE |
US6475136B1 (en) | 2000-02-14 | 2002-11-05 | Obtech Medical Ag | Hydraulic heartburn and reflux treatment |
WO2001050833A2 (en) | 2000-02-14 | 2001-07-19 | Potencia Medical Ag | Hydraulic urinary incontinence treatment apparatus |
US7776068B2 (en) | 2003-10-23 | 2010-08-17 | Trans1 Inc. | Spinal motion preservation assemblies |
US7601171B2 (en) | 2003-10-23 | 2009-10-13 | Trans1 Inc. | Spinal motion preservation assemblies |
US20070260270A1 (en) | 2000-02-16 | 2007-11-08 | Trans1 Inc. | Cutter for preparing intervertebral disc space |
US7938836B2 (en) | 2003-10-23 | 2011-05-10 | Trans1, Inc. | Driver assembly for simultaneous axial delivery of spinal implants |
FR2805451B1 (en) | 2000-02-29 | 2002-04-19 | Arnaud Andre Soubeiran | IMPROVED DEVICE FOR MOVING TWO BODIES IN RELATION TO ONE ANOTHER, PARTICULARLY FOR REALIZING IMPLANTABLE SYSTEMS IN THE HUMAN BODY |
US20030220644A1 (en) | 2002-05-23 | 2003-11-27 | Thelen Sarah L. | Method and apparatus for reducing femoral fractures |
ATE346563T1 (en) | 2000-03-10 | 2006-12-15 | Paracor Medical Inc | EXPANDABLE CARDIAC BAG FOR THE TREATMENT OF CONGESTIVE HEART FAILURE |
US6423061B1 (en) | 2000-03-14 | 2002-07-23 | Amei Technologies Inc. | High tibial osteotomy method and apparatus |
US6309391B1 (en) | 2000-03-15 | 2001-10-30 | Sdgi Holding, Inc. | Multidirectional pivoting bone screw and fixation system |
GB0009107D0 (en) * | 2000-04-13 | 2000-05-31 | Univ London | Surgical distraction device |
US6510345B1 (en) | 2000-04-24 | 2003-01-21 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method of bridging a transreceiver coil of an implantable medical device during non-communication periods |
US7232449B2 (en) | 2000-04-29 | 2007-06-19 | Medtronic, Inc. | Components, systems and methods for forming anastomoses using magnetism or other coupling means |
US6802847B1 (en) | 2000-04-29 | 2004-10-12 | Ventrica, Inc. | Devices and methods for forming magnetic anastomoses and ports in vessels |
US8518062B2 (en) | 2000-04-29 | 2013-08-27 | Medtronic, Inc. | Devices and methods for forming magnetic anastomoses between vessels |
US20020072758A1 (en) | 2000-12-13 | 2002-06-13 | Reo Michael L. | Processes for producing anastomotic components having magnetic properties |
US20050080439A1 (en) | 2000-04-29 | 2005-04-14 | Carson Dean F. | Devices and methods for forming magnetic anastomoses and ports in vessels |
US7241300B2 (en) | 2000-04-29 | 2007-07-10 | Medtronic, Inc, | Components, systems and methods for forming anastomoses using magnetism or other coupling means |
US6656135B2 (en) | 2000-05-01 | 2003-12-02 | Southwest Research Institute | Passive and wireless displacement measuring device |
US7114501B2 (en) | 2000-08-14 | 2006-10-03 | Spine Wave, Inc. | Transverse cavity device and method |
US6554831B1 (en) | 2000-09-01 | 2003-04-29 | Hopital Sainte-Justine | Mobile dynamic system for treating spinal disorder |
FR2813786B1 (en) | 2000-09-11 | 2003-03-14 | Medical Innovation Dev | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING THE INFLATION OF AN INFLATABLE PROSTHETIC BODY AND PROSTHESIS USING THE SAME |
US6432040B1 (en) | 2000-09-14 | 2002-08-13 | Nizam N. Meah | Implantable esophageal sphincter apparatus for gastroesophageal reflux disease and method |
DE10142544B4 (en) | 2000-09-15 | 2010-05-27 | Heidelberger Druckmaschinen Ag | Gear transmission stage with tensioning moment |
WO2004030568A2 (en) | 2002-10-01 | 2004-04-15 | Ample Medical, Inc. | Device and method for repairing a native heart valve leaflet |
US20080091264A1 (en) | 2002-11-26 | 2008-04-17 | Ample Medical, Inc. | Devices, systems, and methods for reshaping a heart valve annulus, including the use of magnetic tools |
US8784482B2 (en) | 2000-09-20 | 2014-07-22 | Mvrx, Inc. | Method of reshaping a heart valve annulus using an intravascular device |
US7527646B2 (en) | 2000-09-20 | 2009-05-05 | Ample Medical, Inc. | Devices, systems, and methods for retaining a native heart valve leaflet |
US20090287179A1 (en) | 2003-10-01 | 2009-11-19 | Ample Medical, Inc. | Devices, systems, and methods for reshaping a heart valve annulus, including the use of magnetic tools |
US7691144B2 (en) | 2003-10-01 | 2010-04-06 | Mvrx, Inc. | Devices, systems, and methods for reshaping a heart valve annulus |
US8956407B2 (en) | 2000-09-20 | 2015-02-17 | Mvrx, Inc. | Methods for reshaping a heart valve annulus using a tensioning implant |
US6527701B1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2003-03-04 | Precision Medical Devices, Inc. | Body fluid flow control device |
US7011621B2 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2006-03-14 | Precision Medical Devices, Inc. | Body fluid flow control method and device |
US6537196B1 (en) | 2000-10-24 | 2003-03-25 | Stereotaxis, Inc. | Magnet assembly with variable field directions and methods of magnetically navigating medical objects |
DE10054236A1 (en) | 2000-11-02 | 2002-07-25 | Okin Ges Fuer Antriebstechnik | telescopic arm |
DE10055519A1 (en) | 2000-11-09 | 2002-06-06 | Wittenstein Gmbh & Co Kg | distraction |
US6582313B2 (en) | 2000-12-22 | 2003-06-24 | Delphi Technologies, Inc. | Constant velocity stroking joint having recirculating spline balls |
US6609025B2 (en) | 2001-01-02 | 2003-08-19 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Treatment of obesity by bilateral sub-diaphragmatic nerve stimulation |
JP3910020B2 (en) | 2001-03-08 | 2007-04-25 | 敏行 ▲高▼木 | Artificial sphincter |
GB0106588D0 (en) | 2001-03-16 | 2001-05-09 | Finsbury Dev Ltd | Tissue distracter |
US6802844B2 (en) | 2001-03-26 | 2004-10-12 | Nuvasive, Inc | Spinal alignment apparatus and methods |
SE523852C2 (en) | 2001-04-10 | 2004-05-25 | Azad Al-Najjar | Heart prosthesis |
US7787958B2 (en) | 2001-04-13 | 2010-08-31 | Greatbatch Ltd. | RFID detection and identification system for implantable medical lead systems |
US6565573B1 (en) | 2001-04-16 | 2003-05-20 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Orthopedic screw and method of use |
FR2823663B1 (en) | 2001-04-18 | 2004-01-02 | Cousin Biotech | DEVICE FOR TREATING MORBID OBESITY |
WO2002085190A2 (en) | 2001-04-24 | 2002-10-31 | Kim Young D | Magnetic pellets and system for assisting ventricular contraction |
AU2002304270B2 (en) | 2001-05-23 | 2006-11-02 | Orthogon Technologies 2003 Ltd. | Magnetically-actuable intramedullary device |
EP1260188B1 (en) | 2001-05-25 | 2014-09-17 | Zimmer GmbH | Femoral bone nail for implantation in the knee |
US8439926B2 (en) | 2001-05-25 | 2013-05-14 | Conformis, Inc. | Patient selectable joint arthroplasty devices and surgical tools |
US7083629B2 (en) | 2001-05-30 | 2006-08-01 | Satiety, Inc. | Overtube apparatus for insertion into a body |
US6558400B2 (en) | 2001-05-30 | 2003-05-06 | Satiety, Inc. | Obesity treatment tools and methods |
FR2825264B1 (en) | 2001-06-01 | 2004-04-02 | Surgical Diffusion | GASTROPLASTY RING |
US7041105B2 (en) | 2001-06-06 | 2006-05-09 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Dynamic, modular, multilock anterior cervical plate system having detachably fastened assembleable and moveable segments |
US6511490B2 (en) | 2001-06-22 | 2003-01-28 | Antoine Jean Henri Robert | Gastric banding device and method |
CA2494237C (en) | 2001-06-28 | 2008-03-25 | Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. | Drill tool shaft-to-housing locking device |
SE0102313D0 (en) | 2001-06-28 | 2001-06-28 | Obtech Medical Ag | Intestine dysfunction treatment apparatus |
US6627206B2 (en) | 2001-07-25 | 2003-09-30 | Greg A. Lloyd | Method and apparatus for treating obesity and for delivering time-released medicaments |
FR2827756B1 (en) | 2001-07-25 | 2005-01-14 | Patrick Rat | IMPROVED LAKES AND ASSOCIATED APPLICATORS USED IN ENDOSCOPIC SURGERY |
US6375682B1 (en) | 2001-08-06 | 2002-04-23 | Lewis W. Fleischmann | Collapsible, rotatable and expandable spinal hydraulic prosthetic device |
JP2003059558A (en) | 2001-08-09 | 2003-02-28 | Tokai Rika Co Ltd | Connector for printed circuit board |
ATE504274T1 (en) | 2001-09-05 | 2011-04-15 | Potencia Medical Ag | DEVICE FOR FORMING A STOMAL OPENING WITH CONNECTION DEVICE |
US20040172040A1 (en) | 2001-10-19 | 2004-09-02 | Heggeness Michael H. | Bone compression devices and systems and methods of contouring and using same |
CA2463513C (en) | 2001-10-19 | 2011-09-27 | Baylor College Of Medicine | Bone compression devices and systems and methods of contouring and using same |
US7194297B2 (en) | 2001-11-13 | 2007-03-20 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Impedance-matching apparatus and construction for intravascular device |
AU2002361621A1 (en) | 2001-11-14 | 2003-05-26 | Michael R. White | Apparatus and methods for making intraoperative orthopedic measurements |
DE10156316A1 (en) | 2001-11-19 | 2003-06-05 | Wittenstein Ag | distraction |
DE10158545B4 (en) | 2001-11-29 | 2004-05-19 | Gkn Driveline Deutschland Gmbh | Longitudinal displacement unit with hollow profile pin |
US7601156B2 (en) | 2001-12-05 | 2009-10-13 | Randolph C. Robinson | Limb lengthener |
US20030114731A1 (en) | 2001-12-14 | 2003-06-19 | Cadeddu Jeffrey A. | Magnetic positioning system for trocarless laparoscopic instruments |
US6852113B2 (en) | 2001-12-14 | 2005-02-08 | Orthopaedic Designs, Llc | Internal osteotomy fixation device |
US7009386B2 (en) * | 2002-01-02 | 2006-03-07 | Stoneridge Control Devices, Inc. | Non-contact position sensor utilizing multiple sensor elements |
FR2834631B1 (en) | 2002-01-15 | 2004-10-22 | Cie Euro Etude Rech Paroscopie | GASTROPLASTY RING IN VARIABLE HARDNESS ELASTOMERIC MATERIAL |
US20040019353A1 (en) | 2002-02-01 | 2004-01-29 | Freid James M. | Spinal plate system for stabilizing a portion of a spine |
US9101422B2 (en) | 2002-02-01 | 2015-08-11 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Spinal plate system for stabilizing a portion of a spine |
US7678136B2 (en) | 2002-02-04 | 2010-03-16 | Spinal, Llc | Spinal fixation assembly |
US7105029B2 (en) | 2002-02-04 | 2006-09-12 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Skeletal fixation device with linear connection |
FR2835734B1 (en) | 2002-02-11 | 2004-10-29 | Scient X | CONNECTION SYSTEM BETWEEN A SPINAL ROD AND A CROSS BAR |
US20040006342A1 (en) | 2002-02-13 | 2004-01-08 | Moti Altarac | Posterior polyaxial plate system for the spine |
US7163538B2 (en) | 2002-02-13 | 2007-01-16 | Cross Medical Products, Inc. | Posterior rod system |
UA75048C2 (en) | 2002-02-18 | 2006-03-15 | Товариство З Обмеженою Відповідальністю "Кримський Центр Травматології І Ортопедії Імені О.І. Блискунова-"Абас" | Blyskunov's device for extending long bones |
US6607363B1 (en) | 2002-02-20 | 2003-08-19 | Terumo Cardiovascular Systems Corporation | Magnetic detent for rotatable knob |
US6839596B2 (en) * | 2002-02-21 | 2005-01-04 | Alfred E. Mann Foundation For Scientific Research | Magnet control system for battery powered living tissue stimulators |
US7311690B2 (en) | 2002-02-25 | 2007-12-25 | Novashunt Ag | Implantable fluid management system for the removal of excess fluid |
US7011658B2 (en) | 2002-03-04 | 2006-03-14 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Devices and methods for spinal compression and distraction |
EP1343112A1 (en) | 2002-03-08 | 2003-09-10 | EndoArt S.A. | Implantable device |
US20100168751A1 (en) | 2002-03-19 | 2010-07-01 | Anderson D Greg | Method, Implant & Instruments for Percutaneous Expansion of the Spinal Canal |
US6774624B2 (en) | 2002-03-27 | 2004-08-10 | Ge Medical Systems Global Technology Company, Llc | Magnetic tracking system |
US7717959B2 (en) | 2002-03-30 | 2010-05-18 | Lytton William | Intervertebral device and method of use |
US6761503B2 (en) | 2002-04-24 | 2004-07-13 | Torque-Traction Technologies, Inc. | Splined member for use in a slip joint and method of manufacturing the same |
US7445010B2 (en) | 2003-01-29 | 2008-11-04 | Torax Medical, Inc. | Use of magnetic implants to treat issue structures |
US6749556B2 (en) | 2002-05-10 | 2004-06-15 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Electroactive polymer based artificial sphincters and artificial muscle patches |
US20030220643A1 (en) | 2002-05-24 | 2003-11-27 | Ferree Bret A. | Devices to prevent spinal extension |
FR2840193B1 (en) | 2002-05-31 | 2005-02-11 | Textile Hi Tec | GASTRIC BAND |
US20050165440A1 (en) | 2002-06-13 | 2005-07-28 | Richard Cancel | System for treating obesity and implant for a system of this type |
US7175589B2 (en) | 2002-07-02 | 2007-02-13 | The Foundry Inc. | Methods and devices for luminal and sphincter augmentation |
US7357037B2 (en) | 2002-07-10 | 2008-04-15 | Orthodata Technologies Llc | Strain sensing system |
AU2003253846A1 (en) | 2002-07-10 | 2004-01-23 | Orthodata Technologies Llc | Strain sensing system |
US7060075B2 (en) | 2002-07-18 | 2006-06-13 | Biosense, Inc. | Distal targeting of locking screws in intramedullary nails |
US20040133219A1 (en) | 2002-07-29 | 2004-07-08 | Peter Forsell | Multi-material constriction device for forming stoma opening |
EP1534162B1 (en) | 2002-08-13 | 2012-04-04 | Allergan, Inc. | Remotely adjustable gastric banding device |
FR2843538B1 (en) | 2002-08-13 | 2005-08-12 | Frederic Fortin | DEVICE FOR DISTRACTING AND DAMPING ADJUSTABLE TO THE GROWTH OF THE RACHIS |
US7338433B2 (en) | 2002-08-13 | 2008-03-04 | Allergan, Inc. | Remotely adjustable gastric banding method |
EP1389453B1 (en) | 2002-08-16 | 2007-03-07 | AMI Agency for Medical Innovations GmbH | Band to produce an artificial reduction in the gastrointestinal tract |
US6667725B1 (en) | 2002-08-20 | 2003-12-23 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Administrator Of The National Aeronautics And Space Administration | Radio frequency telemetry system for sensors and actuators |
CN100457057C (en) | 2002-08-25 | 2009-02-04 | 香港大学 | Device for correcting spinal deformities |
EP1553878B1 (en) | 2002-08-28 | 2010-02-24 | Allergan, Inc. | Fatigue-resistant gastric banding device |
US8758372B2 (en) | 2002-08-29 | 2014-06-24 | St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. | Implantable devices for controlling the size and shape of an anatomical structure or lumen |
ES2349952T3 (en) | 2002-08-29 | 2011-01-13 | St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. | IMPLANTABLE DEVICES FOR CONTROLLING THE INTERNAL CIRCUMFERENCE OF AN ANATOMICAL ORIFICE OR LUMEN. |
FR2843875B1 (en) | 2002-08-30 | 2004-10-08 | Arnaud Andre Soubeiran | IMPLANTABLE DEVICE FOR TRANSFORMING ON DEMAND ALTERNATE COUPLES APPLIED BY MUSCLE FORCE BETWEEN TWO WORKPIECES IN A MOVEMENT OF TWO BODIES RELATIVELY TO ONE ANOTHER |
ES2295272T3 (en) | 2002-09-04 | 2008-04-16 | Endoart S.A. | CLOSURE SYSTEM FOR SURGICAL RING. |
ES2291405T3 (en) | 2002-09-04 | 2008-03-01 | Endoart S.A. | SURGICAL RING PROVIDED WITH A REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM AND REVERSIBLE IN THE VARIATION OF YOUR DIAMETER. |
US7901419B2 (en) | 2002-09-04 | 2011-03-08 | Allergan, Inc. | Telemetrically controlled band for regulating functioning of a body organ or duct, and methods of making, implantation and use |
US7972346B2 (en) | 2002-09-04 | 2011-07-05 | Allergan Medical S.A. | Telemetrically controlled band for regulating functioning of a body organ or duct, and methods of making, implantation and use |
US20080066764A1 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2008-03-20 | Apneon, Inc. | Implantable devices, systems, and methods for maintaining desired orientations in targeted tissue regions |
US20070256693A1 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2007-11-08 | Apneon, Inc. | Devices, systems, and methods using magnetic force systems in or on soft palate tissue |
US7441559B2 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2008-10-28 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Devices, systems, and methods to fixate tissue within the regions of body, such as the pharyngeal conduit |
US7845356B2 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2010-12-07 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Implantable devices, systems, and methods for maintaining desired orientations in targeted tissue regions |
US8522790B2 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2013-09-03 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Stabilized magnetic force devices, systems and methods |
US20060289014A1 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2006-12-28 | Apneon, Inc. | Devices, systems, and methods using magnetic force systems in or on tissue in an airway |
US8074654B2 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2011-12-13 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Implantable devices, systems, and methods for maintaining desired orientations in targeted tissue regions |
US7188627B2 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2007-03-13 | Apneon, Inc. | Magnetic force devices, systems, and methods for resisting tissue collapse within the pharyngeal conduit |
US20120312307A1 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2012-12-13 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Implantable devices, systems, and methods for maintaining desired orientations in targeted tissue regions |
US7216648B2 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2007-05-15 | Apneon, Inc. | Systems and methods for moving and/or restraining tissue in the upper respiratory system |
ATE521274T1 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2011-09-15 | Koninkl Philips Electronics Nv | MAGNETIC FORCE DEVICES AND SYSTEMS TO RESIST TISSUE COLLAPSE IN THE PHARYNX |
US8707959B2 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2014-04-29 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Implantable devices, systems, and methods for maintaining desired orientations in targeted tissue regions |
US7360542B2 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2008-04-22 | Apneon, Inc. | Devices, systems, and methods to fixate tissue within the regions of body, such as the pharyngeal conduit |
EP1545702B1 (en) | 2002-09-20 | 2008-02-13 | Potencia Medical AG | Harmless wireless energy transmission to implant |
US20040055610A1 (en) | 2002-09-25 | 2004-03-25 | Peter Forsell | Detection of implanted wireless energy receiving device |
US20040064030A1 (en) | 2002-10-01 | 2004-04-01 | Peter Forsell | Detection of implanted injection port |
CA2500845C (en) | 2002-10-03 | 2012-07-31 | Virginia Tech Intellectual Properties, Inc. | Magnetic targeting device |
US20100249782A1 (en) | 2002-10-03 | 2010-09-30 | Durham Alfred A | Intramedullary nail targeting device |
US7794447B2 (en) | 2002-11-01 | 2010-09-14 | Valentx, Inc. | Gastrointestinal sleeve device and methods for treatment of morbid obesity |
US7837669B2 (en) | 2002-11-01 | 2010-11-23 | Valentx, Inc. | Devices and methods for endolumenal gastrointestinal bypass |
US9060844B2 (en) | 2002-11-01 | 2015-06-23 | Valentx, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for treatment of morbid obesity |
US6656194B1 (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2003-12-02 | Satiety, Inc. | Magnetic anchoring devices |
EP1560525B1 (en) | 2002-11-07 | 2009-01-14 | NMT Medical, Inc. | Patent foramen ovale (pfo) closure with magnetic force |
AU2003297280B2 (en) * | 2002-11-14 | 2010-04-08 | Extraortho, Inc | Method for using a fixator device |
US8187324B2 (en) | 2002-11-15 | 2012-05-29 | Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. | Telescoping apparatus for delivering and adjusting a medical device in a vessel |
DE10358145A1 (en) | 2002-12-11 | 2004-07-01 | Christoph Miethke Gmbh & Co. Kg | Adjustable hydrocephalus valve for pressure compensation in the cranium of a hydrocephalus patient by drainage of excess cerebral liquor into the peritoneum or heart comprises a spring and a mechanically and percutaneously activated brake |
US6918910B2 (en) | 2002-12-16 | 2005-07-19 | John T. Smith | Implantable distraction device |
KR100498951B1 (en) | 2003-01-02 | 2005-07-04 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method of Motion Estimation for Video Coding in MPEG-4/H.263 Standards |
US20070270631A1 (en) | 2003-01-22 | 2007-11-22 | Apneon, Inc. | Magnetic force devices, systems, and methods for resisting tissue collapse within the pharyngeal conduit |
US6752754B1 (en) | 2003-02-04 | 2004-06-22 | Imagine Enterprise, Inc. | Artificial rectum and related method |
US7364589B2 (en) | 2003-02-12 | 2008-04-29 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Mobile bearing articulating disc |
US20070043376A1 (en) | 2003-02-21 | 2007-02-22 | Osteobiologics, Inc. | Bone and cartilage implant delivery device |
US7618435B2 (en) | 2003-03-04 | 2009-11-17 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Magnetic attachment systems |
US20040193266A1 (en) | 2003-03-31 | 2004-09-30 | Meyer Rudolf Xaver | Expansible prosthesis and magnetic apparatus |
IL155222A0 (en) | 2003-04-03 | 2003-11-23 | Hadasit Med Res Service | An implant for treating idiopathic scoliosis and a method for using the same |
US6961553B2 (en) | 2003-04-11 | 2005-11-01 | Motorola, Inc. | Bidirectional distributed amplifier |
DE10317776A1 (en) | 2003-04-16 | 2004-11-04 | Wittenstein Ag | Device for lengthening bones or parts of bones |
US20050182401A1 (en) | 2003-05-02 | 2005-08-18 | Timm Jens P. | Systems and methods for spine stabilization including a dynamic junction |
US7635379B2 (en) | 2003-05-02 | 2009-12-22 | Applied Spine Technologies, Inc. | Pedicle screw assembly with bearing surfaces |
US20050177164A1 (en) | 2003-05-02 | 2005-08-11 | Carmen Walters | Pedicle screw devices, systems and methods having a preloaded set screw |
US7615068B2 (en) | 2003-05-02 | 2009-11-10 | Applied Spine Technologies, Inc. | Mounting mechanisms for pedicle screws and related assemblies |
US20050171543A1 (en) | 2003-05-02 | 2005-08-04 | Timm Jens P. | Spine stabilization systems and associated devices, assemblies and methods |
ATE499889T1 (en) | 2003-05-02 | 2011-03-15 | Univ Yale | DYNAMIC SPINAL STABILIZER |
US8652175B2 (en) | 2003-05-02 | 2014-02-18 | Rachiotek, Llc | Surgical implant devices and systems including a sheath member |
US7713287B2 (en) | 2003-05-02 | 2010-05-11 | Applied Spine Technologies, Inc. | Dynamic spine stabilizer |
JP4391762B2 (en) | 2003-05-08 | 2009-12-24 | オリンパス株式会社 | Surgical instrument |
AT413475B (en) | 2003-06-04 | 2006-03-15 | Ami Gmbh | DEVICE FOR GENERATING ARTIFICIAL FENCING IN THE GASTRO-INTESTINAL TRACT |
US20050131352A1 (en) | 2003-06-16 | 2005-06-16 | Conlon Sean P. | Subcutaneous injection port for applied fasteners |
US8715243B2 (en) | 2003-06-16 | 2014-05-06 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Injection port applier with downward force actuation |
US7553298B2 (en) | 2003-12-19 | 2009-06-30 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Implantable medical device with cover and method |
US7374557B2 (en) | 2003-06-16 | 2008-05-20 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Subcutaneous self attaching injection port with integral fasteners |
US7862546B2 (en) | 2003-06-16 | 2011-01-04 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Subcutaneous self attaching injection port with integral moveable retention members |
US7561916B2 (en) | 2005-06-24 | 2009-07-14 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Implantable medical device with indicator |
WO2005002469A2 (en) | 2003-06-25 | 2005-01-13 | Georgia Tech Research Corporation | Annuloplasty chain |
US7494459B2 (en) | 2003-06-26 | 2009-02-24 | Biophan Technologies, Inc. | Sensor-equipped and algorithm-controlled direct mechanical ventricular assist device |
US7951067B2 (en) | 2003-06-27 | 2011-05-31 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Implantable band having improved attachment mechanism |
US20050002984A1 (en) | 2003-06-27 | 2005-01-06 | Byrum Randal T. | Implantable band with attachment mechanism having dissimilar material properties |
US7218232B2 (en) | 2003-07-11 | 2007-05-15 | Depuy Products, Inc. | Orthopaedic components with data storage element |
US7195645B2 (en) * | 2003-07-11 | 2007-03-27 | Depuy Products, Inc. | In vivo joint space measurement device and method |
EP1646332B1 (en) | 2003-07-18 | 2015-06-17 | Edwards Lifesciences AG | Remotely activated mitral annuloplasty system |
US8048169B2 (en) | 2003-07-28 | 2011-11-01 | Baronova, Inc. | Pyloric valve obstructing devices and methods |
US20090259236A2 (en) | 2003-07-28 | 2009-10-15 | Baronova, Inc. | Gastric retaining devices and methods |
US9700450B2 (en) | 2003-07-28 | 2017-07-11 | Baronova, Inc. | Devices and methods for gastrointestinal stimulation |
US9498366B2 (en) | 2003-07-28 | 2016-11-22 | Baronova, Inc. | Devices and methods for pyloric anchoring |
US7794476B2 (en) | 2003-08-08 | 2010-09-14 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Implants formed of shape memory polymeric material for spinal fixation |
US8037871B2 (en) | 2003-08-12 | 2011-10-18 | Cameron International Corporation | Seal assembly for a pressurized fuel feed system for an internal combustion engine |
US7371244B2 (en) | 2003-08-25 | 2008-05-13 | Ethicon, Inc. | Deployment apparatus for suture anchoring device |
DE10340025A1 (en) | 2003-08-28 | 2005-03-24 | Wittenstein Ag | Surgical device for bone extension, comprising planetary gear acting on outer sleeve serving as ring gear |
EP1677692A1 (en) | 2003-08-28 | 2006-07-12 | Wittenstein AG | Planetary roll system, in particular for a device for extending bones |
JP4731482B2 (en) | 2003-09-04 | 2011-07-27 | ウォーソー・オーソペディック・インコーポレーテッド | Anterior spinal instrument |
EP1514518A1 (en) | 2003-09-11 | 2005-03-16 | SDGI Holdings, Inc. | Impulsive percussion instruments for endplate preparation |
EP2311520B1 (en) | 2003-09-15 | 2014-12-03 | Apollo Endosurgery, Inc. | Implantable device fastening system |
US8026729B2 (en) | 2003-09-16 | 2011-09-27 | Cardiomems, Inc. | System and apparatus for in-vivo assessment of relative position of an implant |
US7255714B2 (en) | 2003-09-30 | 2007-08-14 | Michel H. Malek | Vertically adjustable intervertebral disc prosthesis |
US20050070937A1 (en) | 2003-09-30 | 2005-03-31 | Jambor Kristin L. | Segmented gastric band |
US7485149B1 (en) | 2003-10-06 | 2009-02-03 | Biomet Manufacturing Corporation | Method and apparatus for use of a non-invasive expandable implant |
US20050090823A1 (en) | 2003-10-28 | 2005-04-28 | Bartimus Christopher S. | Posterior fixation system |
US20050261779A1 (en) | 2003-11-17 | 2005-11-24 | Meyer Rudolf X | Expansible rod-type prosthesis and external magnetic apparatus |
EP2433593B1 (en) | 2003-11-20 | 2020-07-15 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Devices, systems and methods to fixate tissue within the regions of body, such as the pharyngeal conduit |
US7775099B2 (en) | 2003-11-20 | 2010-08-17 | Schlumberger Technology Corporation | Downhole tool sensor system and method |
US7862586B2 (en) | 2003-11-25 | 2011-01-04 | Life Spine, Inc. | Spinal stabilization systems |
US7429259B2 (en) | 2003-12-02 | 2008-09-30 | Cadeddu Jeffrey A | Surgical anchor and system |
AU2004235622A1 (en) | 2003-12-17 | 2005-07-07 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Mechanically adjustable gastric band |
US8162897B2 (en) | 2003-12-19 | 2012-04-24 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Audible and tactile feedback |
US7833228B1 (en) | 2004-01-05 | 2010-11-16 | Biomet Manufacturing Corp. | Method and instrumentation for performing minimally invasive hip arthroplasty |
WO2005070071A2 (en) | 2004-01-08 | 2005-08-04 | Spine Wave Inc. | Apparatus and method for injecting fluent material at a distracted tissue site |
FR2865129B1 (en) | 2004-01-16 | 2006-05-19 | Medical Innovation Dev | GASTRIC BELT |
US20050159755A1 (en) | 2004-01-21 | 2005-07-21 | Odrich Ronald B. | Bone growth via periosteal distraction |
US20050159754A1 (en) | 2004-01-21 | 2005-07-21 | Odrich Ronald B. | Periosteal distraction bone growth |
ES2375930T5 (en) | 2004-01-23 | 2014-10-31 | Apollo Endosurgery, Inc. | Implantable device fixation system |
US8900117B2 (en) | 2004-01-23 | 2014-12-02 | Apollo Endosurgery, Inc. | Releasably-securable one-piece adjustable gastric band |
US8758355B2 (en) | 2004-02-06 | 2014-06-24 | Synvasive Technology, Inc. | Dynamic knee balancer with pressure sensing |
US7442196B2 (en) | 2004-02-06 | 2008-10-28 | Synvasive Technology, Inc. | Dynamic knee balancer |
US8002809B2 (en) | 2004-02-10 | 2011-08-23 | Atlas Spine, Inc. | Dynamic cervical plate |
US8328854B2 (en) | 2004-02-10 | 2012-12-11 | Atlas Spine, Inc. | Cervical plate ratchet pedicle screws |
US7383164B2 (en) * | 2004-03-05 | 2008-06-03 | Depuy Products, Inc. | System and method for designing a physiometric implant system |
US8636802B2 (en) | 2004-03-06 | 2014-01-28 | DePuy Synthes Products, LLC | Dynamized interspinal implant |
US7458981B2 (en) | 2004-03-09 | 2008-12-02 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Spinal implant and method for restricting spinal flexion |
US20050272976A1 (en) | 2004-03-15 | 2005-12-08 | Olympus Corporation | Endoscope insertion aiding device |
US20050234448A1 (en) | 2004-03-19 | 2005-10-20 | Mccarthy James | Implantable bone-lengthening device |
JP4538665B2 (en) | 2004-03-27 | 2010-09-08 | クリストフ ミートケ ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング ウント コンパニー コマンディトゲゼルシャフト | Adjustable hydrocephalus valve |
US7909852B2 (en) | 2004-03-31 | 2011-03-22 | Depuy Spine Sarl | Adjustable-angle spinal fixation element |
US7993397B2 (en) | 2004-04-05 | 2011-08-09 | Edwards Lifesciences Ag | Remotely adjustable coronary sinus implant |
US7489495B2 (en) | 2004-04-15 | 2009-02-10 | Greatbatch-Sierra, Inc. | Apparatus and process for reducing the susceptibility of active implantable medical devices to medical procedures such as magnetic resonance imaging |
US7531002B2 (en) | 2004-04-16 | 2009-05-12 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Intervertebral disc with monitoring and adjusting capabilities |
US7678139B2 (en) | 2004-04-20 | 2010-03-16 | Allez Spine, Llc | Pedicle screw assembly |
FR2869218B1 (en) | 2004-04-21 | 2006-06-09 | Europlak Sa | GASTRIC CERCLING DEVICE OR MOTORIZED "GASTRIC RING" HAVING AT LEAST ONE RECEIVED ANTENNA FOR DELIVERY, REMOTE CONTROL AND DATA SENDING BY INDUCTION |
US7763080B2 (en) | 2004-04-30 | 2010-07-27 | Depuy Products, Inc. | Implant system with migration measurement capacity |
US7333013B2 (en) | 2004-05-07 | 2008-02-19 | Berger J Lee | Medical implant device with RFID tag and method of identification of device |
US20080091059A1 (en) | 2004-05-14 | 2008-04-17 | Ample Medical, Inc. | Devices, systems, and methods for reshaping a heart valve annulus, including the use of a bridge implant having an adjustable bridge stop |
US7314372B2 (en) | 2004-05-19 | 2008-01-01 | Orthovisage, Inc. | System and method to bioengineer facial form in adults |
US7909839B2 (en) | 2004-05-26 | 2011-03-22 | Bariatec Corporation | Gastric bypass band and surgical method |
US7390294B2 (en) | 2004-05-28 | 2008-06-24 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Piezo electrically driven bellows infuser for hydraulically controlling an adjustable gastric band |
US7351240B2 (en) | 2004-05-28 | 2008-04-01 | Ethicon Endo—Srugery, Inc. | Thermodynamically driven reversible infuser pump for use as a remotely controlled gastric band |
US7481763B2 (en) | 2004-05-28 | 2009-01-27 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Metal bellows position feedback for hydraulic control of an adjustable gastric band |
US7351198B2 (en) | 2004-06-02 | 2008-04-01 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Implantable adjustable sphincter system |
BRPI0511838A (en) | 2004-06-07 | 2008-01-15 | Synthes Gmbh | implant, bone plate, method for mending a broken bone, and monitoring system |
US7243719B2 (en) | 2004-06-07 | 2007-07-17 | Pathfinder Energy Services, Inc. | Control method for downhole steering tool |
US7191007B2 (en) | 2004-06-24 | 2007-03-13 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc | Spatially decoupled twin secondary coils for optimizing transcutaneous energy transfer (TET) power transfer characteristics |
US20070135913A1 (en) | 2004-06-29 | 2007-06-14 | Micardia Corporation | Adjustable annuloplasty ring activation system |
US7556650B2 (en) | 2004-06-29 | 2009-07-07 | Spine Wave, Inc. | Methods for injecting a curable biomaterial into an intervertebral space |
US7776091B2 (en) | 2004-06-30 | 2010-08-17 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Adjustable posterior spinal column positioner |
US7481841B2 (en) | 2004-06-30 | 2009-01-27 | Depuy Products, Inc. | Adjustable orthopaedic prosthesis and associated method |
US7955357B2 (en) | 2004-07-02 | 2011-06-07 | Ellipse Technologies, Inc. | Expandable rod system to treat scoliosis and method of using the same |
JP4977020B2 (en) | 2004-07-08 | 2012-07-18 | シェンバーガー,デボラ | Strain monitoring system and apparatus |
US7285087B2 (en) | 2004-07-15 | 2007-10-23 | Micardia Corporation | Shape memory devices and methods for reshaping heart anatomy |
DE602005020304D1 (en) | 2004-07-15 | 2010-05-12 | Micardia Corp | FORM MEMORY DEVICES FOR SHAPING THE HEART ANATOMY |
US7402134B2 (en) | 2004-07-15 | 2008-07-22 | Micardia Corporation | Magnetic devices and methods for reshaping heart anatomy |
US7875033B2 (en) | 2004-07-19 | 2011-01-25 | Synthes Usa, Llc | Bone distraction apparatus |
GB0417005D0 (en) | 2004-07-29 | 2004-09-01 | Finsbury Dev Ltd | Auto-extensible device |
US8114158B2 (en) | 2004-08-03 | 2012-02-14 | Kspine, Inc. | Facet device and method |
US20060036324A1 (en) | 2004-08-03 | 2006-02-16 | Dan Sachs | Adjustable spinal implant device and method |
US20060036259A1 (en) | 2004-08-03 | 2006-02-16 | Carl Allen L | Spine treatment devices and methods |
WO2006017641A2 (en) | 2004-08-03 | 2006-02-16 | Vertech Innovations, L.L.C. | Spinous process reinforcement device and method |
US20060036323A1 (en) | 2004-08-03 | 2006-02-16 | Carl Alan L | Facet device and method |
US8414648B2 (en) | 2004-08-09 | 2013-04-09 | Si-Bone Inc. | Apparatus, systems, and methods for achieving trans-iliac lumbar fusion |
US8425570B2 (en) | 2004-08-09 | 2013-04-23 | Si-Bone Inc. | Apparatus, systems, and methods for achieving anterior lumbar interbody fusion |
US20060036251A1 (en) | 2004-08-09 | 2006-02-16 | Reiley Mark A | Systems and methods for the fixation or fusion of bone |
US8444693B2 (en) | 2004-08-09 | 2013-05-21 | Si-Bone Inc. | Apparatus, systems, and methods for achieving lumbar facet fusion |
US8470004B2 (en) | 2004-08-09 | 2013-06-25 | Si-Bone Inc. | Apparatus, systems, and methods for stabilizing a spondylolisthesis |
US8986348B2 (en) | 2004-08-09 | 2015-03-24 | Si-Bone Inc. | Systems and methods for the fusion of the sacral-iliac joint |
US9717537B2 (en) | 2004-08-30 | 2017-08-01 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Device and method for treatment of spinal deformity |
US7763053B2 (en) | 2004-08-30 | 2010-07-27 | Gordon Jeffrey D | Implant for correction of spinal deformity |
US7255682B1 (en) | 2004-09-09 | 2007-08-14 | Bartol Jr Robert J | Spot locator device |
US7887566B2 (en) | 2004-09-16 | 2011-02-15 | Hynes Richard A | Intervertebral support device with bias adjustment and related methods |
US7302858B2 (en) | 2004-09-24 | 2007-12-04 | Kevin Walsh | MEMS capacitive cantilever strain sensor, devices, and formation methods |
US7776061B2 (en) | 2004-09-28 | 2010-08-17 | Garner Dean L | Fluid adjustable band |
US8623036B2 (en) | 2004-09-29 | 2014-01-07 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Magnamosis |
US8142454B2 (en) | 2004-09-29 | 2012-03-27 | The Regents Of The University Of California, San Francisco | Apparatus and method for magnetic alteration of anatomical features |
US8915915B2 (en) | 2004-09-29 | 2014-12-23 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Apparatus and methods for magnetic alteration of anatomical features |
US8043290B2 (en) | 2004-09-29 | 2011-10-25 | The Regents Of The University Of California, San Francisco | Apparatus and methods for magnetic alteration of deformities |
US20060271107A1 (en) | 2004-09-29 | 2006-11-30 | Harrison Michael R | Apparatus and methods for magnetic alteration of anatomical features |
US20060079897A1 (en) | 2004-09-29 | 2006-04-13 | Harrison Michael R | Apparatus and methods for magnetic alteration of anatomical features |
US8439915B2 (en) | 2004-09-29 | 2013-05-14 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Apparatus and methods for magnetic alteration of anatomical features |
US7559951B2 (en) | 2004-09-30 | 2009-07-14 | Depuy Products, Inc. | Adjustable, remote-controllable orthopaedic prosthesis and associated method |
US20100004654A1 (en) | 2008-07-01 | 2010-01-07 | Schmitz Gregory P | Access and tissue modification systems and methods |
US20100331883A1 (en) | 2004-10-15 | 2010-12-30 | Schmitz Gregory P | Access and tissue modification systems and methods |
US8155579B2 (en) | 2004-10-19 | 2012-04-10 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | System and method for assigning and tracking clinical education requirements for healthcare students |
US20070239159A1 (en) | 2005-07-22 | 2007-10-11 | Vertiflex, Inc. | Systems and methods for stabilization of bone structures |
US8226690B2 (en) | 2005-07-22 | 2012-07-24 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Systems and methods for stabilization of bone structures |
US8267969B2 (en) | 2004-10-20 | 2012-09-18 | Exactech, Inc. | Screw systems and methods for use in stabilization of bone structures |
CN101080204B (en) | 2004-10-28 | 2010-05-12 | 轴向生物技术公司 | Apparatus for concave scoliosis expansion |
US7105968B2 (en) | 2004-12-03 | 2006-09-12 | Edward William Nissen | Magnetic transmission |
WO2006064687A1 (en) | 2004-12-14 | 2006-06-22 | Ntn Corporation | Rotation detecting apparatus and bearing provided with same |
US20060136062A1 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2006-06-22 | Dinello Alexandre | Height-and angle-adjustable motion disc implant |
US20060142767A1 (en) | 2004-12-27 | 2006-06-29 | Green Daniel W | Orthopedic device and method for correcting angular bone deformity |
US7601162B2 (en) | 2005-01-14 | 2009-10-13 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Actuator for an implantable band |
US7942908B2 (en) | 2005-02-02 | 2011-05-17 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Adjustable length implant |
US7927357B2 (en) | 2005-02-02 | 2011-04-19 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Adjustable length implant |
CN101155559B (en) | 2005-02-08 | 2011-01-26 | I平衡医疗公司 | Apparatus for forming a wedge-like opening in a bone for an open wedge osteotomy |
JP2008537898A (en) | 2005-02-11 | 2008-10-02 | ミカーディア コーポレーション | Dynamically adjustable gastric implant and method for treating obesity using the same |
US8034080B2 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2011-10-11 | Kyphon Sarl | Percutaneous spinal implants and methods |
US20070276372A1 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2007-11-29 | Malandain Hugues F | Percutaneous Spinal Implants and Methods |
US8100943B2 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2012-01-24 | Kyphon Sarl | Percutaneous spinal implants and methods |
US8096995B2 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2012-01-17 | Kyphon Sarl | Percutaneous spinal implants and methods |
US7993342B2 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2011-08-09 | Kyphon Sarl | Percutaneous spinal implants and methods |
US8097018B2 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2012-01-17 | Kyphon Sarl | Percutaneous spinal implants and methods |
US8092459B2 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2012-01-10 | Kyphon Sarl | Percutaneous spinal implants and methods |
US7998174B2 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2011-08-16 | Kyphon Sarl | Percutaneous spinal implants and methods |
US20060184248A1 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2006-08-17 | Edidin Avram A | Percutaneous spinal implants and methods |
CN102151169A (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2011-08-17 | 凯丰有限公司 | Percutaneous spinal implant |
US7988709B2 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2011-08-02 | Kyphon Sarl | Percutaneous spinal implants and methods |
US20070055237A1 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2007-03-08 | Edidin Avram A | Percutaneous spinal implants and methods |
US8029567B2 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2011-10-04 | Kyphon Sarl | Percutaneous spinal implants and methods |
US20070276493A1 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2007-11-29 | Malandain Hugues F | Percutaneous spinal implants and methods |
US7998208B2 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2011-08-16 | Kyphon Sarl | Percutaneous spinal implants and methods |
US20060195102A1 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2006-08-31 | Malandain Hugues F | Apparatus and method for treatment of spinal conditions |
US8157841B2 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2012-04-17 | Kyphon Sarl | Percutaneous spinal implants and methods |
US8038698B2 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2011-10-18 | Kphon Sarl | Percutaneous spinal implants and methods |
US7927354B2 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2011-04-19 | Kyphon Sarl | Percutaneous spinal implants and methods |
US20070276373A1 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2007-11-29 | Malandain Hugues F | Percutaneous Spinal Implants and Methods |
US8057513B2 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2011-11-15 | Kyphon Sarl | Percutaneous spinal implants and methods |
WO2006090380A2 (en) | 2005-02-22 | 2006-08-31 | Orthogon Technologies 2003 Ltd. | Device and method for vertebral column distraction and oscillation |
US7699770B2 (en) | 2005-02-24 | 2010-04-20 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Device for non-invasive measurement of fluid pressure in an adjustable restriction device |
US7775215B2 (en) | 2005-02-24 | 2010-08-17 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | System and method for determining implanted device positioning and obtaining pressure data |
WO2006094119A2 (en) | 2005-03-02 | 2006-09-08 | Osteometrix, Llc | Noninvasive methods, apparatus, kits, and systems for intraoperative position and length determination |
JP2006250178A (en) | 2005-03-08 | 2006-09-21 | Nsk Ltd | Bearing unit for supporting wheel and method for manufacturing the same |
US7189005B2 (en) | 2005-03-14 | 2007-03-13 | Borgwarner Inc. | Bearing system for a turbocharger |
EP2767260B1 (en) | 2005-03-25 | 2019-07-03 | St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. | Apparatus for controlling the internal circumference of an anatomic orifice or lumen |
US8864823B2 (en) | 2005-03-25 | 2014-10-21 | StJude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for controlling the internal circumference of an anatomic orifice or lumen |
DE102005014573A1 (en) | 2005-03-31 | 2006-10-12 | Stryker Trauma Gmbh | Data transmission system in connection with an implant |
JP4647365B2 (en) | 2005-03-31 | 2011-03-09 | 日本シャーウッド株式会社 | Medical connection device |
AU2006232116A1 (en) | 2005-04-01 | 2006-10-12 | The Regents Of The University Of Colorado | A graft fixation device and method |
US20060235424A1 (en) | 2005-04-01 | 2006-10-19 | Foster-Miller, Inc. | Implantable bone distraction device and method |
US20060276812A1 (en) | 2005-04-04 | 2006-12-07 | Hill James W | Dynamic reinforcement of the lower esophageal sphincter |
US7708762B2 (en) | 2005-04-08 | 2010-05-04 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Systems, devices and methods for stabilization of the spinal column |
US9848993B2 (en) | 2005-04-12 | 2017-12-26 | Nathan C. Moskowitz | Zero-profile expandable intervertebral spacer devices for distraction and spinal fusion and a universal tool for their placement and expansion |
US7846188B2 (en) | 2005-04-12 | 2010-12-07 | Moskowitz Nathan C | Bi-directional fixating transvertebral body screws, zero-profile horizontal intervertebral miniplates, total intervertebral body fusion devices, and posterior motion-calibrating interarticulating joint stapling device for spinal fusion |
US7942903B2 (en) | 2005-04-12 | 2011-05-17 | Moskowitz Ahmnon D | Bi-directional fixating transvertebral body screws and posterior cervical and lumbar interarticulating joint calibrated stapling devices for spinal fusion |
US7704279B2 (en) | 2005-04-12 | 2010-04-27 | Moskowitz Mosheh T | Bi-directional fixating transvertebral body screws, zero-profile horizontal intervertebral miniplates, expansile intervertebral body fusion devices, and posterior motion-calibrating interarticulating joint stapling device for spinal fusion |
US8257370B2 (en) | 2005-04-12 | 2012-09-04 | Moskowitz Ahmnon D | Posterior cervical and lumbar interarticulating joint staples, stapling guns, and devices for spinal fusion |
US7972363B2 (en) | 2005-04-12 | 2011-07-05 | Moskowitz Ahmnon D | Bi-directional fixating/locking transvertebral body screw/intervertebral cage stand-alone constructs and posterior cervical and lumbar interarticulating joint stapling guns and devices for spinal fusion |
US20060235299A1 (en) | 2005-04-13 | 2006-10-19 | Martinelli Michael A | Apparatus and method for intravascular imaging |
US8251888B2 (en) | 2005-04-13 | 2012-08-28 | Mitchell Steven Roslin | Artificial gastric valve |
US20060241746A1 (en) | 2005-04-21 | 2006-10-26 | Emanuel Shaoulian | Magnetic implants and methods for reshaping tissue |
US7799080B2 (en) | 2005-04-22 | 2010-09-21 | Doty Keith L | Spinal disc prosthesis and methods of use |
US7361192B2 (en) | 2005-04-22 | 2008-04-22 | Doty Keith L | Spinal disc prosthesis and methods of use |
US7811328B2 (en) | 2005-04-29 | 2010-10-12 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | System, device and methods for replacing the intervertebral disc with a magnetic or electromagnetic prosthesis |
US7727141B2 (en) | 2005-05-04 | 2010-06-01 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) safe remotely adjustable artifical sphincter |
US20060249914A1 (en) | 2005-05-06 | 2006-11-09 | Dulin Robert D | Enhanced reliability sealing system |
US20070264605A1 (en) | 2005-05-19 | 2007-11-15 | Theodore Belfor | System and method to bioengineer facial form in adults |
US7390007B2 (en) | 2005-06-06 | 2008-06-24 | Ibis Tek, Llc | Towbar system |
US7867235B2 (en) | 2005-06-14 | 2011-01-11 | Fell Barry M | System and method for joint restoration by extracapsular means |
US7918844B2 (en) | 2005-06-24 | 2011-04-05 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Applier for implantable medical device |
US7651483B2 (en) | 2005-06-24 | 2010-01-26 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Injection port |
US7708737B2 (en) | 2005-07-12 | 2010-05-04 | Intramed Systems Ltd | Intramedullar distraction device with user actuated distraction |
US7367937B2 (en) | 2005-07-15 | 2008-05-06 | Ethicon Endo-Surgey, Inc. | Gastric band |
US7615001B2 (en) | 2005-07-15 | 2009-11-10 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Precurved gastric band |
US8182411B2 (en) | 2005-07-15 | 2012-05-22 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Gastric band with mating end profiles |
US7364542B2 (en) | 2005-07-15 | 2008-04-29 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Gastric band suture tab extender |
US20070015955A1 (en) | 2005-07-15 | 2007-01-18 | Mark Tsonton | Accordion-like gastric band |
US8298133B2 (en) | 2005-07-15 | 2012-10-30 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Gastric band composed of different hardness materials |
US7416528B2 (en) | 2005-07-15 | 2008-08-26 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Latching device for gastric band |
US8523865B2 (en) | 2005-07-22 | 2013-09-03 | Exactech, Inc. | Tissue splitter |
CA2616101C (en) | 2005-07-26 | 2016-05-17 | Ram Weiss | Extending intrabody capsule |
US7353747B2 (en) | 2005-07-28 | 2008-04-08 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Electroactive polymer-based pump |
US7766815B2 (en) | 2005-07-28 | 2010-08-03 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Electroactive polymer actuated gastric band |
WO2007015239A2 (en) | 2005-08-01 | 2007-02-08 | Orthogon Technologies 2003 Ltd. | An implantable magnetically activated actuator |
US20070031131A1 (en) | 2005-08-04 | 2007-02-08 | Mountain Engineering Ii, Inc. | System for measuring the position of an electric motor |
JP5258153B2 (en) | 2005-08-17 | 2013-08-07 | 柴田科学株式会社 | Organic synthesizer |
JP5518335B2 (en) | 2005-08-23 | 2014-06-11 | スミス アンド ネフュー インコーポレーテッド | Telemetric orthopedic implant |
WO2007024990A2 (en) | 2005-08-23 | 2007-03-01 | Kim Richard C | Expandable implant device with interchangeable spacer |
US20070055368A1 (en) | 2005-09-07 | 2007-03-08 | Richard Rhee | Slotted annuloplasty ring |
DE102005045070A1 (en) | 2005-09-21 | 2007-04-05 | Siemens Ag | Femur implant, comprises magnetically operated mechanism for moving holding elements |
US9028550B2 (en) | 2005-09-26 | 2015-05-12 | Coalign Innovations, Inc. | Selectively expanding spine cage with enhanced bone graft infusion |
US7985256B2 (en) | 2005-09-26 | 2011-07-26 | Coalign Innovations, Inc. | Selectively expanding spine cage, hydraulically controllable in three dimensions for enhanced spinal fusion |
US8070813B2 (en) | 2005-09-26 | 2011-12-06 | Coalign Innovations, Inc. | Selectively expanding spine cage, hydraulically controllable in three dimensions for vertebral body replacement |
US20070123989A1 (en) | 2005-10-21 | 2007-05-31 | Synthes (U.S.A.) | Method and instruments to treat spondylolisthesis by an anterior minimally invasive approach of the spine |
FR2892617B1 (en) | 2005-11-02 | 2008-09-26 | Frederic Fortin | DAMPING DISPLACEMENT DEVICE AND CORRECTION ADJUSTABLE TO THE GROWTH OF THE RACHIS |
EP1790318B1 (en) | 2005-11-16 | 2009-04-22 | Micardia Corporation | Magnetic engagement of catheter to implantable device |
US20090216113A1 (en) | 2005-11-17 | 2009-08-27 | Eric Meier | Apparatus and Methods for Using an Electromagnetic Transponder in Orthopedic Procedures |
US20070173837A1 (en) | 2005-11-18 | 2007-07-26 | William Marsh Rice University | Bone fixation and dynamization devices and methods |
US8494805B2 (en) | 2005-11-28 | 2013-07-23 | Orthosensor | Method and system for assessing orthopedic alignment using tracking sensors |
US7749224B2 (en) | 2005-12-08 | 2010-07-06 | Ebi, Llc | Foot plate fixation |
US7525309B2 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2009-04-28 | Depuy Products, Inc. | Magnetic sensor array |
WO2007081304A2 (en) | 2006-01-04 | 2007-07-19 | Allergan, Inc. | Self-regulating gastric band |
US8043206B2 (en) | 2006-01-04 | 2011-10-25 | Allergan, Inc. | Self-regulating gastric band with pressure data processing |
US7798954B2 (en) | 2006-01-04 | 2010-09-21 | Allergan, Inc. | Hydraulic gastric band with collapsible reservoir |
EP1971282A2 (en) | 2006-01-10 | 2008-09-24 | Life Spine, Inc. | Pedicle screw constructs and spinal rod attachment assemblies |
US20070179493A1 (en) | 2006-01-13 | 2007-08-02 | Kim Richard C | Magnetic spinal implant device |
US20070265646A1 (en) | 2006-01-17 | 2007-11-15 | Ellipse Technologies, Inc. | Dynamically adjustable gastric implants |
US20070185374A1 (en) | 2006-01-17 | 2007-08-09 | Ellipse Technologies, Inc. | Two-way adjustable implant |
WO2007089739A2 (en) | 2006-01-27 | 2007-08-09 | Stryker Corporation | Low pressure delivery system and method for delivering a solid and liquid mixture into a target site for medical treatment |
US7776075B2 (en) | 2006-01-31 | 2010-08-17 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Expandable spinal rods and methods of use |
US8241293B2 (en) | 2006-02-27 | 2012-08-14 | Biomet Manufacturing Corp. | Patient specific high tibia osteotomy |
US9173661B2 (en) | 2006-02-27 | 2015-11-03 | Biomet Manufacturing, Llc | Patient specific alignment guide with cutting surface and laser indicator |
US8323290B2 (en) | 2006-03-03 | 2012-12-04 | Biomet Manufacturing Corp. | Tensor for use in surgical navigation |
US7431692B2 (en) | 2006-03-09 | 2008-10-07 | Edwards Lifesciences Corporation | Apparatus, system, and method for applying and adjusting a tensioning element to a hollow body organ |
US20070213751A1 (en) | 2006-03-13 | 2007-09-13 | Scirica Paul A | Transdermal magnetic coupling gastric banding |
BRPI0709893A2 (en) | 2006-04-06 | 2011-07-26 | Synthes Gmbh | bone displacement apparatus and tissue displacement apparatus |
KR101331604B1 (en) | 2006-04-06 | 2013-11-22 | 신세스 게엠바하 | remotely adjustable tissue displacement device |
US20070255088A1 (en) | 2006-04-11 | 2007-11-01 | Jacobson Andrew D | Implantable, magnetic actuator |
WO2007121320A2 (en) | 2006-04-12 | 2007-10-25 | Spinalmotion, Inc. | Posterior spinal device and method |
EP2012697A4 (en) | 2006-04-29 | 2010-07-21 | Univ Texas | Devices for use in transluminal and endoluminal surgery |
US7708779B2 (en) | 2006-05-01 | 2010-05-04 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Expandable intervertebral spacers and methods of use |
FR2900563B1 (en) | 2006-05-05 | 2008-08-08 | Frederic Fortin | ADJUSTABLE SCOLIOSIS RECTIFIER DEVICE |
US8147517B2 (en) | 2006-05-23 | 2012-04-03 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Systems and methods for adjusting properties of a spinal implant |
US20070276369A1 (en) | 2006-05-26 | 2007-11-29 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | In vivo-customizable implant |
US7727143B2 (en) | 2006-05-31 | 2010-06-01 | Allergan, Inc. | Locator system for implanted access port with RFID tag |
US7780590B2 (en) | 2006-05-31 | 2010-08-24 | Allergan, Inc. | Method for locating an implanted fluid access port |
US20070288024A1 (en) | 2006-06-06 | 2007-12-13 | Sohrab Gollogly | Bone fixation |
WO2007146075A2 (en) | 2006-06-07 | 2007-12-21 | Cherik Bulkes | Analog signal transition detector |
FR2901991B1 (en) | 2006-06-13 | 2021-07-09 | Arnaud Andre Soubeiran | INTRACORPAL EXTENSION DEVICE MOUNTED IN TENSILE SCREW |
EP2049039A2 (en) | 2006-06-22 | 2009-04-22 | AMS Research Corporation | Adjustable tension incontinence sling assemblies |
US20100179601A1 (en) | 2006-06-29 | 2010-07-15 | Jung Edward K Y | Threadless position augmenting mechanism |
US20080033431A1 (en) | 2006-06-29 | 2008-02-07 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Position augmenting mechanism |
US8241292B2 (en) | 2006-06-30 | 2012-08-14 | Howmedica Osteonics Corp. | High tibial osteotomy system |
GB0613240D0 (en) | 2006-07-04 | 2006-08-09 | Univ Birmingham | Distraction device |
US20080015577A1 (en) | 2006-07-11 | 2008-01-17 | Alexander Loeb | Spinal Correction Device |
US8475499B2 (en) | 2006-07-14 | 2013-07-02 | DePuy Synthes Products, LLC. | Rod to rod connectors and methods of adjusting the length of a spinal rod construct |
US20080021454A1 (en) | 2006-07-21 | 2008-01-24 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Sacral or iliac connector |
US20080021455A1 (en) | 2006-07-21 | 2008-01-24 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Articulating Sacral or Iliac Connector |
US20080021456A1 (en) | 2006-07-21 | 2008-01-24 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Sacral or iliac cross connector |
WO2008015679A2 (en) | 2006-08-03 | 2008-02-07 | Intellimedi Ltd. | System and method for monitoring displacements of in vivo objects |
US20080051784A1 (en) | 2006-08-03 | 2008-02-28 | Sohrab Gollogly | Bone repositioning apparatus and methodology |
US8403958B2 (en) | 2006-08-21 | 2013-03-26 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | System and method for correcting spinal deformity |
US8551141B2 (en) | 2006-08-23 | 2013-10-08 | Pioneer Surgical Technology, Inc. | Minimally invasive surgical system |
US20080086128A1 (en) | 2006-09-07 | 2008-04-10 | David Warren Lewis | Method and apparatus for treatment of scoliosis |
US9241812B2 (en) * | 2006-09-12 | 2016-01-26 | James Jay Martin | Control system for prosthesis |
US8685091B2 (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2014-04-01 | DePuy Synthes Products, LLC | System, method, and device for monitoring orthopaedic implant data over a cellular network |
FR2906453B1 (en) | 2006-10-03 | 2009-03-06 | Arnaud Andre Soubeiran | INTRA-BODY LIFTING DEVICE WITH PERMANENT MAGNET. |
US20080097249A1 (en) | 2006-10-20 | 2008-04-24 | Ellipse Technologies, Inc. | External sensing system for gastric restriction devices |
US7862502B2 (en) | 2006-10-20 | 2011-01-04 | Ellipse Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for adjusting a gastrointestinal restriction device |
US8246533B2 (en) | 2006-10-20 | 2012-08-21 | Ellipse Technologies, Inc. | Implant system with resonant-driven actuator |
US20100145462A1 (en) | 2006-10-24 | 2010-06-10 | Trans1 Inc. | Preformed membranes for use in intervertebral disc spaces |
US8043299B2 (en) | 2006-11-06 | 2011-10-25 | Janet Conway | Internal bone transport |
US20080108995A1 (en) | 2006-11-06 | 2008-05-08 | Janet Conway | Internal bone transport |
CA2568078C (en) | 2006-11-14 | 2014-03-18 | Unifor S.P.A. | Telescopic table support |
US20100286791A1 (en) | 2006-11-21 | 2010-11-11 | Goldsmith David S | Integrated system for the ballistic and nonballistic infixion and retrieval of implants |
US8115479B2 (en) * | 2006-11-21 | 2012-02-14 | Hitachi Metals, Ltd. | Rotation-angle-detecting apparatus, rotating machine, and rotation-angle-detecting method |
US20140163664A1 (en) | 2006-11-21 | 2014-06-12 | David S. Goldsmith | Integrated system for the ballistic and nonballistic infixion and retrieval of implants with or without drug targeting |
US7793583B2 (en) | 2006-12-06 | 2010-09-14 | Schaeffler Kg | Mechanical tappet in particular for a fuel pump of an internal combustion engine |
US20080177319A1 (en) | 2006-12-09 | 2008-07-24 | Helmut Schwab | Expansion Rod, Self-Adjusting |
DE102006059225A1 (en) | 2006-12-13 | 2008-06-26 | Wittenstein Ag | Medical device for determining the position of intracorporeal implants |
US20080167685A1 (en) | 2007-01-05 | 2008-07-10 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | System and Method For Percutanously Curing An Implantable Device |
US20080172072A1 (en) | 2007-01-11 | 2008-07-17 | Ellipse Technologies, Inc. | Internal sensors for use with gastric restriction devices |
US20080177326A1 (en) | 2007-01-19 | 2008-07-24 | Matthew Thompson | Orthosis to correct spinal deformities |
US8435268B2 (en) | 2007-01-19 | 2013-05-07 | Reduction Technologies, Inc. | Systems, devices and methods for the correction of spinal deformities |
US8523866B2 (en) | 2007-02-09 | 2013-09-03 | Christopher G. Sidebotham | Modular tapered hollow reamer for medical applications |
US20080255615A1 (en) | 2007-03-27 | 2008-10-16 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Treatments for Correcting Spinal Deformities |
US8469908B2 (en) | 2007-04-06 | 2013-06-25 | Wilson T. Asfora | Analgesic implant device and system |
US8123805B2 (en) | 2007-05-01 | 2012-02-28 | Moximed, Inc. | Adjustable absorber designs for implantable device |
US8709090B2 (en) | 2007-05-01 | 2014-04-29 | Moximed, Inc. | Adjustable absorber designs for implantable device |
US7611540B2 (en) | 2007-05-01 | 2009-11-03 | Moximed, Inc. | Extra-articular implantable mechanical energy absorbing systems and implantation method |
US9907645B2 (en) | 2007-05-01 | 2018-03-06 | Moximed, Inc. | Adjustable absorber designs for implantable device |
US20080275557A1 (en) | 2007-05-01 | 2008-11-06 | Exploramed Nc4, Inc. | Adjustable absorber designs for implantable device |
US20080275567A1 (en) | 2007-05-01 | 2008-11-06 | Exploramed Nc4, Inc. | Extra-Articular Implantable Mechanical Energy Absorbing Systems |
US20080272928A1 (en) | 2007-05-03 | 2008-11-06 | Shuster Gary S | Signaling light with motion-sensing light control circuit |
WO2008140756A2 (en) | 2007-05-09 | 2008-11-20 | Vertiflex, Inc. | Systems and methods for posterior dynamic stabilization of the spine |
FR2916622B1 (en) | 2007-05-28 | 2009-09-04 | Arnaud Andre Soubeiran | IMPLANTABLE DISTRACTOR WITH MODIFIABLE LENGTH WITHOUT REOPERATION IN J-SHAPE |
WO2008154313A1 (en) | 2007-06-06 | 2008-12-18 | Vertech, Inc. | Medical device and method to correct deformity |
US8366628B2 (en) | 2007-06-07 | 2013-02-05 | Kenergy, Inc. | Signal sensing in an implanted apparatus with an internal reference |
US7753915B1 (en) | 2007-06-14 | 2010-07-13 | August Eksler | Bi-directional bone length adjustment system |
US9204908B2 (en) | 2007-07-26 | 2015-12-08 | Dynamic Spine, Llc | Segmental orthopedic device for spinal elongation and for treatment of scoliosis |
EP2182871B1 (en) | 2007-07-26 | 2014-07-02 | Glenn R. Buttermann M. D. | Segmental orthopedic device for spinal elongation and for treatment of scoliosis |
US20090076597A1 (en) | 2007-09-19 | 2009-03-19 | Jonathan Micheal Dahlgren | System for mechanical adjustment of medical implants |
US20090082815A1 (en) | 2007-09-20 | 2009-03-26 | Zimmer Gmbh | Spinal stabilization system with transition member |
EP3403570A1 (en) | 2007-09-25 | 2018-11-21 | Neosync, INC. | Gerät mit zwei drehbaren permanentmagneten zur anbringung am kopf eines probanden |
US20090088803A1 (en) | 2007-10-01 | 2009-04-02 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Flexible members for correcting spinal deformities |
WO2009046024A1 (en) | 2007-10-01 | 2009-04-09 | Physical Sciences, Inc. | Distraction osteogenesis methods and devices |
US20090093890A1 (en) | 2007-10-04 | 2009-04-09 | Daniel Gelbart | Precise control of orthopedic actuators |
US20090093820A1 (en) | 2007-10-09 | 2009-04-09 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Adjustable spinal stabilization systems |
US20090192514A1 (en) | 2007-10-09 | 2009-07-30 | Feinberg Stephen E | Implantable distraction osteogenesis device and methods of using same |
US8057473B2 (en) | 2007-10-31 | 2011-11-15 | Wright Medical Technology, Inc. | Orthopedic device |
DE102007053362B4 (en) | 2007-11-06 | 2014-06-05 | Universität Rostock | Magnetically stored artificial joint |
US8241331B2 (en) | 2007-11-08 | 2012-08-14 | Spine21 Ltd. | Spinal implant having a post-operative adjustable dimension |
US7983763B2 (en) | 2007-11-20 | 2011-07-19 | Greatbatch Ltd. | Implanted lead sleeve having RFID tag |
JP5366974B2 (en) | 2007-12-21 | 2013-12-11 | マイクロベンション インコーポレイテッド | System and method for determining the position of a separation zone of a separable implant |
US20090171356A1 (en) | 2008-01-02 | 2009-07-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | Bone Repositioning Apparatus and System |
US20090177203A1 (en) | 2008-01-04 | 2009-07-09 | Inbone Technologies, Inc. | Devices, systems and methods for re-alignment of bone |
US8092499B1 (en) | 2008-01-11 | 2012-01-10 | Roth Herbert J | Skeletal flexible/rigid rod for treating skeletal curvature |
US8425608B2 (en) | 2008-01-18 | 2013-04-23 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Lordotic expanding vertebral body spacer |
WO2009097485A1 (en) | 2008-02-01 | 2009-08-06 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | System and method for communicating with an implant |
AU2009212126A1 (en) | 2008-02-07 | 2009-08-13 | K2M, Inc. | Automatic lengthening bone fixation device |
US8114345B2 (en) * | 2008-02-08 | 2012-02-14 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | System and method of sterilizing an implantable medical device |
FI123247B (en) | 2008-03-19 | 2013-01-15 | Aalto Korkeakoulusaeaetioe | Intracorporeal bone distribution device |
WO2009146090A1 (en) | 2008-04-01 | 2009-12-03 | Cardiomems, Inc. | Strain monitoring system and apparatus |
KR101045933B1 (en) | 2008-05-02 | 2011-07-01 | 김가브리엘민 | Calibration device |
US8211149B2 (en) | 2008-05-12 | 2012-07-03 | Warsaw Orthopedic | Elongated members with expansion chambers for treating bony members |
WO2009146377A1 (en) | 2008-05-28 | 2009-12-03 | Kerflin Orthopedic Innovations, Llc | Fluid-powered elongation instrumentation for correcting orthopedic deformities |
EP2304445B1 (en) | 2008-07-09 | 2020-06-10 | Micropoint Bioscience Inc | Analytical cartridge with fluid flow control |
US8414584B2 (en) | 2008-07-09 | 2013-04-09 | Icon Orthopaedic Concepts, Llc | Ankle arthrodesis nail and outrigger assembly |
EP2339976B1 (en) | 2008-07-09 | 2016-03-16 | Icon Orthopaedic Concepts, LLC | Ankle arthrodesis nail and outrigger assembly |
EP2339978B1 (en) | 2008-08-15 | 2016-03-09 | AO Technology AG | Bone fixation device |
US20100057127A1 (en) | 2008-08-26 | 2010-03-04 | Mcguire Brian | Expandable Laminoplasty Fixation System |
EP3009067A1 (en) | 2008-09-02 | 2016-04-20 | Innovative In Vivo Sensing, LLC | Biomems sensor and apparatuses and methods thereof |
DE102008050233A1 (en) | 2008-10-02 | 2010-04-08 | Copf jun., Franz, Dr. | Instrument for measuring the distraction pressure between vertebral bodies |
WO2010042767A1 (en) | 2008-10-11 | 2010-04-15 | Anthem Orthopaedics Van, Llc | Intramedullary rod with pivotable and fixed fasteners and method for using same |
US20100094306A1 (en) * | 2008-10-13 | 2010-04-15 | Arvin Chang | Spinal distraction system |
US7987241B2 (en) | 2008-10-15 | 2011-07-26 | Xerox Corporation | Sharing EIP service applications across a fleet of multi-function document reproduction devices in a peer-aware network |
US8095317B2 (en) | 2008-10-22 | 2012-01-10 | Gyrodata, Incorporated | Downhole surveying utilizing multiple measurements |
US20100100185A1 (en) | 2008-10-22 | 2010-04-22 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Intervertebral Disc Prosthesis Having Viscoelastic Properties |
US8623056B2 (en) | 2008-10-23 | 2014-01-07 | Linares Medical Devices, Llc | Support insert associated with spinal vertebrae |
US20100106192A1 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2010-04-29 | Barry Mark A | System and method for aligning vertebrae in the amelioration of aberrant spinal column deviation condition in patients requiring the accomodation of spinal column growth or elongation |
US20100106193A1 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2010-04-29 | Barry Mark A | System and method for aligning vertebrae in the amelioration of aberrant spinal column deviation conditions in patients requiring the accomodation of spinal column growth or elongation |
EP2367486A4 (en) | 2008-10-31 | 2014-07-09 | Kirk Promotion Ltd | Device and method for bone adjustment with anchoring function |
US20100114103A1 (en) | 2008-11-06 | 2010-05-06 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Apparatus and methods for alteration of anatomical features |
US8382756B2 (en) * | 2008-11-10 | 2013-02-26 | Ellipse Technologies, Inc. | External adjustment device for distraction device |
EG25692A (en) | 2008-11-11 | 2012-05-20 | Hazem Bayoumi Elsebaie | Self expandable vertebral instrumentation system with apical deformity control |
US8828058B2 (en) | 2008-11-11 | 2014-09-09 | Kspine, Inc. | Growth directed vertebral fixation system with distractible connector(s) and apical control |
US8147549B2 (en) | 2008-11-24 | 2012-04-03 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Orthopedic implant with sensor communications antenna and associated diagnostics measuring, monitoring, and response system |
US20100137872A1 (en) | 2008-12-03 | 2010-06-03 | Linvatec Corporation | Drill guide for cruciate ligament repair |
US8043338B2 (en) | 2008-12-03 | 2011-10-25 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Adjustable assembly for correcting spinal abnormalities |
US8133280B2 (en) | 2008-12-19 | 2012-03-13 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Methods and devices for expanding a spinal canal |
US8556911B2 (en) | 2009-01-27 | 2013-10-15 | Vishal M. Mehta | Arthroscopic tunnel guide for rotator cuff repair |
WO2010088621A1 (en) | 2009-02-02 | 2010-08-05 | Simpirica Spine, Inc. | Sacral tether anchor and methods of use |
WO2010094032A2 (en) | 2009-02-16 | 2010-08-19 | Aoi Medical Inc. | Trauma nail accumulator |
US8197490B2 (en) | 2009-02-23 | 2012-06-12 | Ellipse Technologies, Inc. | Non-invasive adjustable distraction system |
DE102009011661A1 (en) | 2009-03-04 | 2010-09-09 | Wittenstein Ag | growing prosthesis |
JP5681122B2 (en) | 2009-03-10 | 2015-03-04 | シンピライカ スパイン, インコーポレイテッド | Surgical tether device and method of use |
US8562653B2 (en) | 2009-03-10 | 2013-10-22 | Simpirica Spine, Inc. | Surgical tether apparatus and methods of use |
EP2405839A4 (en) | 2009-03-10 | 2013-12-11 | Simpirica Spine Inc | Surgical tether apparatus and methods of use |
US8357182B2 (en) | 2009-03-26 | 2013-01-22 | Kspine, Inc. | Alignment system with longitudinal support features |
US8668719B2 (en) | 2009-03-30 | 2014-03-11 | Simpirica Spine, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for improving shear loading capacity of a spinal segment |
JP2012522602A (en) | 2009-04-02 | 2012-09-27 | アヴェドロ・インコーポレーテッド | Eye treatment system |
WO2010117572A2 (en) | 2009-04-08 | 2010-10-14 | Virginia Commonwealth University | Combining predictive capabilities of transcranial doppler (tcd) with electrocardiogram (ecg) to predict hemorrhagic shock |
US9095436B2 (en) * | 2009-04-14 | 2015-08-04 | The Invention Science Fund I, Llc | Adjustable orthopedic implant and method for treating an orthopedic condition in a subject |
US20100318129A1 (en) | 2009-06-16 | 2010-12-16 | Kspine, Inc. | Deformity alignment system with reactive force balancing |
US8394124B2 (en) | 2009-06-18 | 2013-03-12 | The University Of Toledo | Unidirectional rotatory pedicle screw and spinal deformity correction device for correction of spinal deformity in growing children |
FR2947170B1 (en) | 2009-06-24 | 2011-07-22 | Jean Marc Guichet | ELONGATION NUTS FOR LONG OR SIMILAR BONES |
US8105360B1 (en) | 2009-07-16 | 2012-01-31 | Orthonex LLC | Device for dynamic stabilization of the spine |
US8915917B2 (en) | 2009-08-13 | 2014-12-23 | Cork Institute Of Technology | Intramedullary nails for long bone fracture setting |
WO2014040013A1 (en) | 2012-09-10 | 2014-03-13 | Cotera, Inc. | Method and apparatus for treating canine cruciate ligament disease |
US9668868B2 (en) | 2009-08-27 | 2017-06-06 | Cotera, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for treatment of patellofemoral conditions |
AU2010286513B2 (en) | 2009-08-27 | 2015-03-05 | Cotera, Inc. | Method and apparatus for force redistribution in articular joints |
US9278004B2 (en) | 2009-08-27 | 2016-03-08 | Cotera, Inc. | Method and apparatus for altering biomechanics of the articular joints |
US8657856B2 (en) | 2009-08-28 | 2014-02-25 | Pioneer Surgical Technology, Inc. | Size transition spinal rod |
GB0915382D0 (en) | 2009-09-03 | 2009-10-07 | Dalmatic As | Expansion devices |
US20110057756A1 (en) | 2009-09-04 | 2011-03-10 | Electron Energy Corporation | Rare Earth Composite Magnets with Increased Resistivity |
FR2949662B1 (en) | 2009-09-09 | 2011-09-30 | Arnaud Soubeiran | INTRA-BODY DEVICE FOR MOVING TISSUE |
US9168071B2 (en) | 2009-09-15 | 2015-10-27 | K2M, Inc. | Growth modulation system |
PL215752B1 (en) | 2009-09-28 | 2014-01-31 | Lfc Spolka Z Ograniczona Odpowiedzialnoscia | Equipment for surgical vertebra movement |
MX2009010782A (en) | 2009-10-05 | 2010-05-03 | Ruben Fernando Sayago | Remote control hydraulic internal distractor for correcting backbone deformities or for lengthening of long human bones. |
US20110098748A1 (en) | 2009-10-26 | 2011-04-28 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Adjustable vertebral rod system and methods of use |
US8470003B2 (en) | 2009-10-30 | 2013-06-25 | DePuy Synthes Products, LLC | Laminoplasty plates and methods of expanding the spinal canal |
US8211151B2 (en) | 2009-10-30 | 2012-07-03 | Warsaw Orthopedic | Devices and methods for dynamic spinal stabilization and correction of spinal deformities |
BR112012012498B1 (en) | 2009-11-24 | 2020-09-24 | Spine21 Ltd. | SPINAL IMPLANT |
EP2503947B1 (en) | 2009-11-25 | 2016-10-26 | Spine21 Ltd. | Spinal rod having a post-operative adjustable dimension |
CA2782381A1 (en) | 2009-12-01 | 2011-06-09 | Synthes Usa, Llc | Non-fusion scoliosis expandable spinal rod |
US8556901B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2013-10-15 | DePuy Synthes Products, LLC | Reciprocating rasps for use in an orthopaedic surgical procedure |
US8506569B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2013-08-13 | DePuy Synthes Products, LLC | Reciprocating rasps for use in an orthopaedic surgical procedure |
US8585740B1 (en) | 2010-01-12 | 2013-11-19 | AMB Surgical, LLC | Automated growing rod device |
US8632547B2 (en) | 2010-02-26 | 2014-01-21 | Biomet Sports Medicine, Llc | Patient-specific osteotomy devices and methods |
US8758347B2 (en) | 2010-03-19 | 2014-06-24 | Nextremity Solutions, Inc. | Dynamic bone plate |
US8777947B2 (en) | 2010-03-19 | 2014-07-15 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Telescoping IM nail and actuating mechanism |
WO2011116158A2 (en) | 2010-03-19 | 2011-09-22 | Zahrly Daniel C | Telescoping im nail and actuating mechanism |
FR2957776B1 (en) | 2010-03-23 | 2013-02-15 | Arnaud Andre Soubeiran | DEVICE FOR MOVING TISSUES INSIDE THE ORGANISM, ESPECIALLY BONE TISSUES, WITH FIXED TRACTION SCREWS AND ROTATING NUT |
WO2011119873A2 (en) | 2010-03-24 | 2011-09-29 | Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System | Ultrasound guided automated wireless distraction osteogenesis |
GB201006173D0 (en) | 2010-04-14 | 2010-06-02 | Depuy Ireland | A distractor |
US20110284014A1 (en) | 2010-05-19 | 2011-11-24 | The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System | Medical Devices That Include Removable Magnet Units and Related Methods |
FI123991B (en) | 2010-05-24 | 2014-01-31 | Synoste Oy | Intrinsic treatment device |
US8641723B2 (en) | 2010-06-03 | 2014-02-04 | Orthonex LLC | Skeletal adjustment device |
FR2960766B1 (en) | 2010-06-07 | 2012-06-15 | Tornier Sa | MODULAR PROSTHESIS AND SURGICAL KIT COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE SUCH MODULAR PROSTHESIS |
CN105877829B (en) | 2010-06-07 | 2018-06-22 | 卡波菲克斯整形有限公司 | Composite material bone implant |
US8771272B2 (en) | 2010-06-18 | 2014-07-08 | Kettering University | Easily implantable and stable nail-fastener for skeletal fixation and method |
US8287540B2 (en) | 2010-06-18 | 2012-10-16 | Kettering University | Easily implantable and stable nail-fastener for skeletal fixation and method |
FR2961386B1 (en) | 2010-06-21 | 2012-07-27 | Arnaud Soubeiran | INTRA-MEDALLIC DEVICE FOR THE RELATIVE MOVEMENT OF TWO LOCKED BONE PORTIONS BY THE MEDULLARY CHANNEL. |
US9248043B2 (en) * | 2010-06-30 | 2016-02-02 | Ellipse Technologies, Inc. | External adjustment device for distraction device |
US20120019341A1 (en) | 2010-07-21 | 2012-01-26 | Alexandr Gabay | Composite permanent magnets made from nanoflakes and powders |
US20120019342A1 (en) | 2010-07-21 | 2012-01-26 | Alexander Gabay | Magnets made from nanoflake precursors |
US20120271353A1 (en) | 2010-08-16 | 2012-10-25 | Mark Barry | System and method for aligning vertebrae in the amelioration of aberrant spinal column deviation conditions in patients requiring the accomodation of spinal column growth or elongation |
DE102010047738A1 (en) | 2010-08-26 | 2012-03-01 | Wittenstein Ag | Actuator for scoliosis correction |
US20120088953A1 (en) | 2010-10-08 | 2012-04-12 | Jerry King | Fractured Bone Treatment Methods And Fractured Bone Treatment Assemblies |
US8282671B2 (en) | 2010-10-25 | 2012-10-09 | Orthonex | Smart device for non-invasive skeletal adjustment |
US20120109207A1 (en) | 2010-10-29 | 2012-05-03 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Enhanced Interfacial Conformance for a Composite Rod for Spinal Implant Systems with Higher Modulus Core and Lower Modulus Polymeric Sleeve |
EP2642935B1 (en) | 2010-11-22 | 2016-04-06 | Synthes GmbH | Non-fusion scoliosis expandable spinal rod |
US8636771B2 (en) | 2010-11-29 | 2014-01-28 | Life Spine, Inc. | Spinal implants for lumbar vertebra to sacrum fixation |
DE202010018144U1 (en) | 2010-12-10 | 2014-05-06 | Celgen Ag | Universal Disarctor for Bone Regeneration |
WO2012083101A1 (en) | 2010-12-17 | 2012-06-21 | Synthes Usa, Llc | Methods and systems for minimally invasive posterior arch expansion |
US9168076B2 (en) | 2011-01-25 | 2015-10-27 | Bridging Medical, Llc | Bone compression screw |
US8585595B2 (en) | 2011-01-27 | 2013-11-19 | Biomet Manufacturing, Llc | Method and apparatus for aligning bone screw holes |
US8486076B2 (en) | 2011-01-28 | 2013-07-16 | DePuy Synthes Products, LLC | Oscillating rasp for use in an orthopaedic surgical procedure |
WO2012107056A1 (en) | 2011-02-08 | 2012-08-16 | Stryker Trauma Gmbh | Implant system for bone fixation |
US8852187B2 (en) | 2011-02-14 | 2014-10-07 | Ellipse Technologies, Inc. | Variable length device and method |
US8591549B2 (en) | 2011-04-08 | 2013-11-26 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Variable durometer lumbar-sacral implant |
PL218347B1 (en) | 2011-05-12 | 2014-11-28 | Lfc Spółka Z Ograniczoną Odpowiedzialnością | Intervertebral implant for positioning of adjacent vertebrae |
BR112013029376A2 (en) | 2011-05-16 | 2017-01-31 | Smith & Nephew Inc | skeleton extension measurement |
WO2012159106A2 (en) | 2011-05-19 | 2012-11-22 | Northwestern University | Ph responsive self-healing hydrogels formed by boronate-catechol complexation |
CN103781429B (en) | 2011-06-03 | 2017-02-15 | 科斯班公司 | Spinal correction system actuators |
EP2723268B1 (en) | 2011-06-22 | 2016-09-14 | Synthes GmbH | Ultrasound ct registration for positioning |
EP2723252B1 (en) | 2011-06-27 | 2017-02-08 | University of Cape Town | An endoprosthesis |
US20130013066A1 (en) | 2011-07-06 | 2013-01-10 | Moximed, Inc. | Methods and Devices for Joint Load Control During Healing of Joint Tissue |
WO2013006830A1 (en) | 2011-07-07 | 2013-01-10 | Samy Abdou | Devices and methods to prevent or limit spondlylolisthesis and other aberrant movements of the vertebral bones |
US8636770B2 (en) | 2011-08-08 | 2014-01-28 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Bone anchoring device |
DE102011053638A1 (en) | 2011-09-15 | 2013-03-21 | Wittenstein Ag | Mark Nagel |
US8920422B2 (en) | 2011-09-16 | 2014-12-30 | Stryker Trauma Gmbh | Method for tibial nail insertion |
US10743794B2 (en) | 2011-10-04 | 2020-08-18 | Nuvasive Specialized Orthopedics, Inc. | Devices and methods for non-invasive implant length sensing |
US8968402B2 (en) | 2011-10-18 | 2015-03-03 | Arthrocare Corporation | ACL implants, instruments, and methods |
CN104010594B (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2017-04-12 | 创新外科器械设计有限公司 | Surgical implants for percutaneous lengthening of spinal pedicles to correct spinal stenosis |
US9022917B2 (en) | 2012-07-16 | 2015-05-05 | Sophono, Inc. | Magnetic spacer systems, devices, components and methods for bone conduction hearing aids |
US10016226B2 (en) | 2011-12-12 | 2018-07-10 | Children's Hospital Medical Center Of Akron | Noninvasive device for adjusting fastener |
CA2859166C (en) | 2011-12-12 | 2021-02-16 | Austen Bioinnovation Institute In Akron | Noninvasive device for adjusting fastener |
US8617220B2 (en) | 2012-01-04 | 2013-12-31 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | System and method for correction of a spinal disorder |
US9848894B2 (en) | 2012-01-05 | 2017-12-26 | Pivot Medical, Inc. | Flexible drill bit and angled drill guide for use with the same |
CA2863205A1 (en) | 2012-02-07 | 2013-08-15 | Io Surgical, Llc | Sensor system, implantable sensor and method for remote sensing of a stimulus in vivo |
US20140052134A1 (en) | 2012-02-08 | 2014-02-20 | Bruce Orisek | Limb lengthening apparatus and methods |
US9561062B2 (en) | 2012-03-19 | 2017-02-07 | Alphatec Spine, Inc. | Spondylolisthesis reduction system |
US20130253587A1 (en) | 2012-03-20 | 2013-09-26 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Spinal systems and methods for correction of spinal disorders |
US9339197B2 (en) | 2012-03-26 | 2016-05-17 | Medtronic, Inc. | Intravascular implantable medical device introduction |
US8870881B2 (en) | 2012-04-06 | 2014-10-28 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Spinal correction system and method |
US8945188B2 (en) | 2012-04-06 | 2015-02-03 | William Alan Rezach | Spinal correction system and method |
US9364267B2 (en) | 2012-04-17 | 2016-06-14 | Aurora Spine, Inc. | Dynamic and non-dynamic interspinous fusion implant and bone growth stimulation system |
WO2013181358A1 (en) | 2012-05-30 | 2013-12-05 | Acumed Llc | Articulated intramedullary nail |
US20130325071A1 (en) | 2012-05-30 | 2013-12-05 | Marcin Niemiec | Aligning Vertebral Bodies |
US9072606B2 (en) | 2012-07-17 | 2015-07-07 | Clemson University Research Foundation | Lockable knee implants and related methods |
US20140058450A1 (en) | 2012-08-22 | 2014-02-27 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Spinal correction system and method |
IN2015DN03762A (en) | 2012-10-29 | 2015-10-02 | Ellipse Technologies Inc | |
US9339300B2 (en) | 2012-11-05 | 2016-05-17 | University of Medical Center of Johannes Guten University Mainz | Dynamic stabilizing device for bones |
US8790409B2 (en) | 2012-12-07 | 2014-07-29 | Cochlear Limited | Securable implantable component |
US20140263552A1 (en) * | 2013-03-13 | 2014-09-18 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Staple cartridge tissue thickness sensor system |
US9532804B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-01-03 | Moximed, Inc. | Implantation approach and instrumentality for an energy absorbing system |
US9439797B2 (en) | 2013-04-08 | 2016-09-13 | Elwha Llc | Apparatus, system, and method for controlling movement of an orthopedic joint prosthesis in a mammalian subject |
US10137024B2 (en) | 2013-04-08 | 2018-11-27 | Elwha Llc | Apparatus, system, and method for controlling movement of an orthopedic joint prosthesis in a mammalian subject |
US20140358150A1 (en) | 2013-05-29 | 2014-12-04 | Children's National Medical Center | Surgical distraction device with external activation |
EP3838165A1 (en) | 2013-10-15 | 2021-06-23 | Xpandortho, Inc. | Actuated positioning device for arthroplasty and methods of use |
CN111345867A (en) | 2014-04-28 | 2020-06-30 | 诺威适骨科专科公司 | Remote control device |
-
2015
- 2015-04-28 CN CN202010180240.XA patent/CN111345867A/en active Pending
- 2015-04-28 CN CN201580023108.5A patent/CN106456215B/en active Active
- 2015-04-28 US US14/698,665 patent/US11246694B2/en active Active
- 2015-04-28 EP EP23185312.8A patent/EP4242756A3/en active Pending
- 2015-04-28 WO PCT/US2015/028079 patent/WO2015168175A1/en active Application Filing
- 2015-04-28 EP EP15786139.4A patent/EP3137000B1/en active Active
- 2015-04-28 JP JP2016565469A patent/JP6626458B2/en active Active
- 2015-04-28 AU AU2015253313A patent/AU2015253313B9/en active Active
- 2015-11-04 JP JP2017556674A patent/JP6668381B2/en active Active
-
2019
- 2019-11-29 JP JP2019215999A patent/JP6876114B2/en active Active
- 2019-12-18 JP JP2019227800A patent/JP6974423B2/en active Active
-
2020
- 2020-02-26 JP JP2020030263A patent/JP6974523B2/en active Active
- 2020-05-14 AU AU2020203155A patent/AU2020203155B2/en active Active
-
2022
- 2022-01-12 US US17/574,219 patent/US20220133460A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20090112207A1 (en) * | 2007-10-30 | 2009-04-30 | Blair Walker | Skeletal manipulation method |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP2020049256A (en) | 2020-04-02 |
AU2015253313A1 (en) | 2016-11-24 |
JP2020096932A (en) | 2020-06-25 |
JP6626458B2 (en) | 2019-12-25 |
EP3137000B1 (en) | 2023-08-23 |
JP6876114B2 (en) | 2021-05-26 |
CN111345867A (en) | 2020-06-30 |
US20150313745A1 (en) | 2015-11-05 |
US11246694B2 (en) | 2022-02-15 |
JP6974423B2 (en) | 2021-12-01 |
EP4242756A2 (en) | 2023-09-13 |
AU2015253313B9 (en) | 2020-09-10 |
JP6974523B2 (en) | 2021-12-01 |
JP6668381B2 (en) | 2020-03-18 |
CN106456215B (en) | 2020-04-10 |
WO2015168175A1 (en) | 2015-11-05 |
EP4242756A3 (en) | 2023-11-15 |
AU2020203155B2 (en) | 2022-02-24 |
CN106456215A (en) | 2017-02-22 |
JP2018521704A (en) | 2018-08-09 |
JP2017518790A (en) | 2017-07-13 |
AU2020203155A1 (en) | 2020-06-04 |
EP3137000A4 (en) | 2017-12-27 |
EP3137000A1 (en) | 2017-03-08 |
JP2020036987A (en) | 2020-03-12 |
AU2015253313B2 (en) | 2020-02-27 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20220133460A1 (en) | System for informational magnetic feedback in adjustable implants | |
US20210251665A1 (en) | System for informational magnetic feedback in adjustable implants | |
US11497530B2 (en) | External adjustment device for distraction device | |
US20230059518A1 (en) | External adjustment device for distraction device | |
WO2016175893A1 (en) | System for informational magnetic feedback in adjustable implants |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: NUVASIVE SPECIALIZED ORTHOPEDICS, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: MERGER AND CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNORS:ELLIPSE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.;NUVASIVE SPECIALIZED ORTHOPEDICS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:058639/0444 Effective date: 20160211 Owner name: ELLIPSE TECHNOLOGIES, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:CHENG, SHANBAO;REEL/FRAME:058639/0452 Effective date: 20150625 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |